16 .uno%3ACustomAnimation 28 Opens the Custom Animation sidebar deck.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 7a Opens a dialog to save the selected bitmap picture as a file. The default file format is the internal format of the image.
11 .uno%3ASlideSetup 4b Sets slide orientation, slide margins, background and other layout options.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fdocuments 24 Lists available $[officename] files.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Ftree 49 Lists available slides. Double-click a slide to make it the active slide.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fshapes f6 In the submenu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you set the focus to a slide and press the Tab key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fdragmode 3d Drag and drop slides and named objects into the active slide.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fnext 17 Move forward one slide.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fprevious 15 Moves back one slide.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Flast 18 Jumps to the last slide.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Ffirst 19 Jumps to the first slide.
18 HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN 5c Switches the mouse pointer to a pen that you can use to write on slides during a slide show.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2FNavigatorPanel 5b Opens the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to other slides or move between open files.
27 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fheight 5b Enter the amount by which you want to enlarge or reduce the height of the duplicate object.
26 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fwidth 5a Enter the amount by which you want to enlarge or reduce the width of the duplicate object.
22 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fy c3 Enter the vertical distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.
26 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fstart 27 Choose a color for the selected object.
22 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fx d6 Enter the horizontal distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.
29 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fviewdata a7 Enters the width and the height values of the selected object in the X axis and the Y axis boxes respectively as well as the fill color of the object in the Start box.
24 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fend 76 Choose a color for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this color is applied to the last copy.
26 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fangle ce Enter the angle (0 to 359 degrees) by which you want to rotate the duplicate object. Positive values rotate the duplicate object in a clockwise direction and negative values in a counterclockwise direction.
27 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fcopies 2c Enter the number of copies you want to make.
12 .uno%3ACopyObjects 2e Makes one or more copies of a selected object.
11 .uno%3ARenamePage 1c Renames the selected slide .
11 .uno%3ADeletePage 22 Deletes the current slide or page.
12 .uno%3ADeleteLayer 19 Deletes the active layer.
34 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcrossfadedialog%2Forientation 39 Applies a smooth transition between the selected objects.
33 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcrossfadedialog%2Fattributes 4d Applies cross-fading to the line and fill properties of the selected objects.
33 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcrossfadedialog%2Fincrements 45 Enter the number of shapes you want between the two selected objects.
f .uno%3AMorphing 56 Creates shapes and distributes them by uniform increments between two drawing objects.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdlgfield%2FformatLB 26 Select a display format for the field.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdlgfield%2FlanguageLB 22 Select the language for the field.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdlgfield%2FfixedRB 3e Displays the content of the field when the field was inserted.
2a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdlgfield%2FvarRB 28 Displays the current value of the field.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdlgfield%2FEditFieldsDialog 2a Edits the properties of an inserted field.
10 .uno%3AShowRuler 4d Displays or hides rulers at the top and left or right edges of the workspace.
1b .uno%3ACommonTaskBarVisible 1b Common commands for slides.
17 .uno%3ASelectBackground 7f Opens a file dialog to select a picture. The picture will be scaled and inserted on the background of the current master slide.
1b .uno%3ADisplayMasterObjects 46 When enabled, the current slide shows the objects of the master slide.
1e .uno%3ADisplayMasterBackground 49 When enabled, the current slide shows the background of the master slide.
f .uno%3APageMenu 34 Opens a submenu with commands for the current slide.
f HID_SD_BTN_DRAW 43 Switches to normal view, where you can create and edit your slides.
12 HID_SD_BTN_OUTLINE 5b Switches to outline view, where you can add, edit and reorganize slide titles and headings.
10 HID_SD_BTN_SLIDE 4b Displays miniature versions of the slides so they can easily be rearranged.
10 .uno%3ANotesMode 3f Switches to notes view, where you can add notes to your slides.
13 SD_HID_SD_BTN_NOTES 3f Switches to notes view, where you can add notes to your slides.
12 HID_SD_BTN_HANDOUT 61 Switches to the handout page view, where you can scale several slides to fit on one printed page.
13 .uno%3APresentation 17 Starts your slide show.
11 .uno%3AMasterPage 7b Switches to one of several master views, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all the slides in your show.
16 .uno%3ACloseMasterPage 1d Closes the master slide view.
17 .uno%3ADeleteMasterPage 57 Select a master slide and click this icon to remove the master slide from the document.
17 .uno%3ARenameMasterPage 45 Select a master slide and click this icon to rename the master slide.
17 .uno%3AInsertMasterPage 7d Inserts a new master slide into the document. Double-click the new master slide on the Slides pane to apply it to all slides.
16 .uno%3ASlideMasterPage 86 Switches to master slide view, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides that use the same master slide.
16 .uno%3ANotesMasterPage 4e Displays the master notes, where you can set the default formatting for notes.
14 .uno%3AMasterLayouts 4c Add header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the master slide.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fmasterlayoutdlg%2Fpagenumber 34 Adds a slide number placeholder to the master slide.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fmasterlayoutdlg%2Ffooter 2e Adds a footer placeholder to the master slide.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fmasterlayoutdlg%2Fdatetime 31 Adds a date/time placeholder to the master slide.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fmasterlayoutdlg%2Fheader 38 Adds a header placeholder to the master slide for notes.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fmasterlayoutdlg%2FMasterLayoutDialog 66 Adds or removes header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.
18 SID_MASTER_LAYOUTS_NOTES 3f Add header, footer, date, and slide number to the master notes.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfooterdialog%2Fapply 34 Applies the current settings to the selected slides.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfooterdialog%2Fapply_all 67 Applies the settings to all the slides in your presentation, including the corresponding master slides.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Fnot_on_title 54 Does not display your specified information on the first slide of your presentation.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Fslide_number 29 Adds the slide number or the page number.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Flanguage_list 31 Select the language for the date and time format.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Frb_auto 5a Displays the date and time that the slide was created. Select a date format from the list.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Frb_fixed 3a Displays the date and time that you enter in the text box.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Ffooter_text 38 Adds the text that you enter to the bottom of the slide.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Fdatetime_cb 24 Adds the date and time to the slide.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Fheader_text 35 Adds the text that you enter to the top of the slide.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Fheader_cb 4c Adds the text that you enter in the Header text box to the top of the slide.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfootertab%2Ffooter_cb 4f Adds the text that you enter in the Footer text box to the bottom of the slide.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fheaderfooterdialog%2FHeaderFooterDialog 5b Adds or changes text in placeholders at the top and the bottom of slides and master slides.
1e .uno%3AOutputQualityBlackWhite 34 Shows slides in pure black or white without shading.
1d .uno%3AOutputQualityGrayscale 2a Shows slides in shades of black and white.
19 .uno%3AOutputQualityColor 16 Shows slides in color.
11 .uno%3AInsertPage 33 Inserts a slide after the currently selected slide.
25 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fdlgsnap%2Fhorz 1f Inserts a horizontal snap line.
25 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fdlgsnap%2Fvert 1d Inserts a vertical snap line.
26 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fdlgsnap%2Fpoint 15 Inserts a snap point.
22 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fdlgsnap%2Fy 5f Enter the amount of space you want between the snap point or line and the top edge of the page.
22 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fdlgsnap%2Fx 60 Enter the amount of space you want between the snap point or line and the left edge of the page.
13 .uno%3ACapturePoint 62 Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.
11 .uno%3AInsertRows 95 Inserts a new row above the active cell. The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downward.
15 .uno%3ADeleteSnapItem 2d Deletes the selected snap point or snap line.
12 .uno%3ASetSnapItem 66 Sets the position of the selected snap point or snap line relative to the top left corner of the page.
14 .uno%3AInsertColumns ae Inserts a new column to the left of the active cell. The number of columns inserted correspond to the number of columns selected. The existing columns are moved to the right.
18 .uno%3AInsertSpreadsheet 33 Inserts a new table into the current slide or page.
37 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Finsertslidesdialog%2Fbackgrounds 25 Unused master pages are not inserted.
31 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Finsertslidesdialog%2Flinks 6e Inserts a file or some file elements as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.
14 .uno%3ADuplicatePage 3c Inserts a copy of the current slide after the current slide.
11 .uno%3AExpandPage c1 Creates a new slide from every top-level outline point (text one level below the title text in the outline hierarchy) in the selected slide. The outline text becomes the title of the new slide.
12 .uno%3ASummaryPage a6 Creates a new slide that contains an unordered list from the titles of the slides that follow the selected slide. The summary slide is inserted behind the last slide.
19 .uno%3AInsertDateFieldFix 61 Inserts the current date into your slide as a fixed field. The date is not automatically updated.
19 .uno%3AInsertDateFieldVar 79 Inserts the current date into your slide as a variable field. The date is automatically updated when you reload the file.
19 .uno%3AInsertTimeFieldFix 61 Inserts the current time into your slide as a fixed field. The time is not automatically updated.
19 .uno%3AInsertTimeFieldVar 79 Inserts the current time into your slide as a variable field. The time is automatically updated when you reload the file.
16 .uno%3AInsertPageField 37 Inserts the page number into the current slide or page.
18 .uno%3AInsertAuthorField 5d Inserts the first and last names listed in the $[officename] user data into the active slide.
16 .uno%3AInsertFileField 53 Inserts the name of the active file. The name only appears after you save the file.
15 SFX2_HID_TEMPLATE_FMT 26 Create, edit, apply and manage styles.
1e SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE 45 Creates a new style using the format attributes of a selected object.
21 SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE 63 Updates the Style selected in the Styles window with the current formatting of the selected object.
1a SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN c2 Applies the selected style to an object on your slide. Click the paint bucket icon and then click an object in your slide to apply the style. Click the paint bucket icon again to exit this mode.
16 .uno%3ATemplateFamily5 35 Show styles used in %PRODUCTNAME Impress AutoLayouts.
11 .uno%3ADeleteRows 2b Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidedesigndialog%2Fload 55 Displays the Load Master Slide dialog, where you can select additional slide designs.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidedesigndialog%2Fcheckmasters 53 Deletes unreferenced background slides and presentation layouts from your document.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidedesigndialog%2Fmasterpage 5a Applies the background of the selected slide design to all of the slides in your document.
19 .uno%3APresentationLayout ba Displays the Available Master Slides dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.
14 .uno%3ADeleteColumns 2e Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.
11 .uno%3AModifyPage 23 Opens a submenu with slide layouts.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FTSB_PARALLEL 45 Displays the text parallel to or at 90 degrees to the dimension line.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FLB_UNIT 79 Shows or hides the dimension measurement units. You can also select a measurement unit you want to display from the list.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FTSB_AUTOPOSH 42 Determines the optimal horizontal position for the dimension text.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DECIMALPLACES 4f Specifies the number of decimal places used for the display of line properties.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FTSB_BELOW_REF_EDGE 2d Reverses the properties set in the Line area.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 60 Determines the position of the dimension text with respect to the dimension line and the guides.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HELPLINE2_LEN c0 Specifies the length of the right guide starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guide below the dimension line and negative values extend the guide above the dimension line.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HELPLINE1_LEN bf Specifies the length of the left guide starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guide below the dimension line and negative values extend the guide above the dimension line.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FTSB_AUTOPOSV 40 Determines the optimal vertical position for the dimension text.
3c cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HELPLINE_OVERHANG ce Specifies the length of the left and right guides starting at the baseline (line distance = 0). Positive values extend the guides above the baseline and negative values extend the guides below the baseline.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FMTR_LINE_DIST 57 Specifies the distance between the dimension line and the baseline (line distance = 0).
38 cui%2Fui%2Fdimensionlinestabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HELPLINE_DIST cc Specifies the length of the right and left guides starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guides above the dimension line and negative values extend the guides below the dimension line.
18 .uno%3AMeasureAttributes 54 Changes the length, measurement and guide properties of the selected dimension line.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FMTR_FLD_VERT_2 48 Enter the amount of vertical space you want at the end of the connector.
11 .uno%3ANewRouting 2b Resets the line skew values to the default.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HORZ_2 4a Enter the amount of horizontal space you want at the end of the connector.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HORZ_1 50 Enter the amount of horizontal space you want at the beginning of the connector.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_3 1e Enter a skew value for Line 3.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_2 1e Enter a skew value for Line 2.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FLB_TYPE 31 Lists the types of connectors that are available.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FMTR_FLD_VERT_1 4e Enter the amount of vertical space you want at the beginning of the connector.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 23 Sets the properties of a connector.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_1 1e Enter a skew value for Line 1.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnectortabpage%2FConnectorTabPage 23 Sets the properties of a connector.
1a .uno%3AConnectorAttributes 23 Sets the properties of a connector.
13 .uno%3ABeforeObject 9c Changes the stacking order by moving the selected object in front of an object that you specify. The screen location of the selected object does not change.
13 .uno%3ABehindObject 97 Changes the stacking order by moving the selected object behind an object that you specify. The screen location of the selected object does not change.
13 .uno%3AReverseOrder 34 Reverses the stacking order of the selected objects.
12 .uno%3AHyphenation 34 Turns hyphenation option for text objects on or off.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Fauto_preview 42 Select to see the slide transitions automatically in the document.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Fplay 30 Shows the current slide transition as a preview.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2F@@nowidget@@ 53 Defines the special effect that plays when you display a slide during a slide show.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Fauto_after_value 9a Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
47 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2FSlideTransitionsPanel 53 Defines the special effect that plays when you display a slide during a slide show.
1d SIDEBAR_SDSLIDETRANSITIONDECK 53 Defines the special effect that plays when you display a slide during a slide show.
a .uno%3ADia 53 Defines the special effect that plays when you display a slide during a slide show.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Ftransitions_icons 44 Select the slide transition you want to use for the selected slides.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Fvariant_list 25 Select a variation of the transition.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Fapply_to_all 59 Applies the selected slide transition to all slides in the current presentation document.
18 .uno%3ASlideChangeWindow 53 Defines the special effect that plays when you display a slide during a slide show.
45 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Ftransition_duration 2a Sets the duration of the slide transition.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Fsound_list 39 Lists sounds that can played during the slide transition.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Floop_sound 3f Select to play the sound repeatedly until another sound starts.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Frb_mouse_click 35 Select to advance to the next slide on a mouse click.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fslidetransitionspanel%2Frb_auto_after 9a Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fcreate 2d Inserts the animation into the current slide.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Falignment 24 Aligns the images in your animation.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fgetall 27 Adds an image for each selected object.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Ffirst 33 Jumps to the first image in the animation sequence.
17 .uno%3AAnimationObjects 30 Creates a custom animation on the current slide.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fduration 9c Enter the number of seconds to display the current image. This option is only available if you select the Bitmap object option in the Animation group field.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fdelone 32 Deletes current image from the animation sequence.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fbitmap 24 Combines images into a single image.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fprev 1e Plays the animation backwards.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fgroup 9c Assembles images into a single object so that they can be moved as a group. You can still edit individual objects by double-clicking the group in the slide.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fstop 1c Stops playing the animation.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fdelall 2b Deletes all of the images in the animation.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Flast 32 Jumps to the last image in the animation sequence.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fnext 14 Plays the animation.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fnumbitmap 46 Indicates the position of the current image in the animation sequence.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Floopcount 36 Sets the number of times that the animation is played.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdockinganimation%2Fgetone 2a Adds selected object(s) as a single image.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fplay 33 Plays the selected animation effect in the preview.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fdelay_value 34 The animation starts delayed by this amount of time.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fanim_duration 38 Specifies the duration of the selected animation effect.
32 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_FONTSTYLEPROPERTYBOX 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
35 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_TRANSPARENCYPROPERTYBOX 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
33 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_CHARHEIGHTPROPERTYBOX 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
2d SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_FONTPROPERTYBOX 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
16 .uno%3ACustomAnimation 24 Assigns effects to selected objects.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2F@@nowidget@@ 24 Assigns effects to selected objects.
1d SIDEBAR_SDCUSTOMANIMATIONDECK 24 Assigns effects to selected objects.
47 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2FCustomAnimationsPanel 24 Assigns effects to selected objects.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Feffect_list 1b Select an animation effect.
47 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fcustom_animation_list 41 The animation list displays all animations for the current slide.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fauto_preview 4b Select to preview new or edited effects on the slide while you assign them.
2f SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PRESETPROPERTYBOX 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fadd_effect 43 Adds another animation effect for the selected object on the slide.
2e SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_COLORPROPERTYBOX 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fremove_effect 3f Removes the selected animation effects from the animation list.
31 SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_ROTATIONPROPERTYBOX 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fmove_down 56 Click one of the buttons to move the selected animation effect up or down in the list.
2e SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_SCALEPROPERTYBOX 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fmove_up 56 Click one of the buttons to move the selected animation effect up or down in the list.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fcategorylb 24 Select an animation effect category.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fstart_effect_list 3e Displays when the selected animation effect should be started.
46 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Feffect_property_list 9a Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the Options button to open the Effect Options dialog, where you can select and apply properties.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Fmacro 4f Enter a path to the macro you want to run, or click Browse to locate the macro.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Fprogram 55 Enter a path to the program you want to start, or click Browse to locate the program.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Fsound 54 Enter a path to the audio file you want to open, or click Browse to locate the file.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Fbrowse 21 Locate the file you want to open.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Ffind 2b Searches for the specified slide or object.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Fdocument 4e Enter a path to the file you want to open, or click Browse to locate the file.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Fbookmark 44 Enter the name of the slide or the object that you want to look for.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Ftree 35 Lists the slides and the objects that you can target.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Ftreedoc 97 Opens and displays a file during a slide show. If you select a $[officename] file as the target document, you can also specify the page that will open.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Finteractionpage%2Flistbox 5a Specifies the action that will run when you click the selected object during a slide show.
17 .uno%3AAnimationEffects 51 Defines how the selected object behaves when you click on it during a slide show.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fpresdisplay_cb 38 Select a display to use for full screen slide show mode.
44 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fenableinteractivemode 38 Select a display to use for full screen slide show mode.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Falwaysontop 85 The $[officename] window remains on top during the presentation. No other program will show its window in front of your presentation.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fanimationsallowed 40 Displays all frames of animated GIF files during the slide show.
19 .uno%3APresentationDialog c7 Defines settings for your slide show, including how to display it, which slide to start from, the way you advance the slides, and whether you want to use the presenter console or control it remotely.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fpointervisible 2c Shows the mouse pointer during a slide show.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Ffrom_cb 24 Enter the number of the start slide.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fcustomslideshow_cb 59 Runs a custom slide show in the order that you defined in Slide Show - Custom Slide Show.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fdefault 1d A full screen slide is shown.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fmanualslides 3c Slides never change automatically when this box is selected.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fwindow 34 Slide show runs in the $[officename] program window.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fallslides 2e Includes all of the slides in your slide show.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fshowlogo 33 Displays the $[officename] logo on the pause slide.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fchangeslidesbyclick 47 Advances to the next slide when you click on the background of a slide.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fauto a9 Restarts the slide show after the pause interval you specify. A pause slide is displayed between the final slide and the start slide. Press the Esc key to stop the show.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fpauseduration 92 Enter the duration of the pause before the slide show is repeated. If you enter zero, the show restarts immediately without showing a pause slide.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpresentationdialog%2Fpointeraspen 5f Changes the mouse pointer to a pen which you can use to draw on slides during the presentation.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fstartshow 24 Runs the selected custom slide show.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fcopy 67 Creates a copy of the selected custom slide show. You can modify the name of the show by clicking Edit.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fedit 5b Add, remove or reorder slides as well as change the name of the selected custom slide show.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fcustomshowlist 40 Lists the custom slide shows that are available in the document.
17 .uno%3ACustomShowDialog bd Defines a custom slide show using slides within the current presentation. You can then pick slides to meet the needs of your audience. You can create as many custom slide shows as you want.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdefinecustomslideshow%2Fcustompages 86 Lists all of the slides in the custom slide show. If you want, you can change the order of the list by dragging the slides up or down.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdefinecustomslideshow%2Fpages 52 Lists all of the slides in the order in which they appear in the current document.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdefinecustomslideshow%2Fcustomname 52 Displays the name of the custom slide show. If you want, you can enter a new name.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdefinecustomslideshow%2Fremove 85 Removes a slide from the Selected slides list. You need to choose a slide in the Selected slides list before you can use this button.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdefinecustomslideshow%2Fadd 98 Adds an existing slide to the bottom of the Selected slides list. You need to select a slide in the Existing slides list before you can use this button.
47 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdefinecustomslideshow%2FDefineCustomSlideShow 1c Creates a custom slide show.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fdefinecustomslideshow%2F@@nowidget@@ 1c Creates a custom slide show.
13 .uno%3AChangeBezier 30 Converts the selected object to a Bézier curve.
2a modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fvectorize%2Fpreview 3a Previews the converted image without applying the changes.
2c modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fvectorize%2Ffillholes 3a Fills the color gaps caused by applying a point reduction.
29 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fvectorize%2Fpoints 47 Removes color polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.
29 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fvectorize%2Fcolors 91 Enter the number of colors to be displayed in the converted image. $[officename] generates a polygon for each occurrence of a color in the image.
28 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fvectorize%2Ftiles 38 Enter the size of the rectangle for the background fill.
14 .uno%3AChangePolygon 56 Converts the selected object to a polygon (a closed object bounded by straight lines).
14 .uno%3AConvertInto3D 40 Converts the selected object to a three-dimensional (3D) object.
1d .uno%3AConvertInto3DLatheFast 5b Creates a three-dimensional shape by rotating the selected object around its vertical axis.
18 .uno%3AConvertIntoBitmap 55 Converts the selected object to a bitmap (a grid of pixels that represents an image).
1a .uno%3AConvertIntoMetaFile 6e Converts the selected object to Windows Metafile Format (WMF), containing both bitmap and vector graphic data.
19 .uno%3Aconvert_to_contour 42 Converts the selected object to a polygon, or a group of polygons.
e .uno%3ACombine 3a Combines two or more selected objects into a single shape.
10 .uno%3ADismantle 31 Splits a combined object into individual objects.
e .uno%3AConnect 6e Creates a line or Bézier curve by connecting two or more lines, Bézier curves, or other objects with a line.
c .uno%3ABreak 33 Breaks apart lines joined with the Connect command.
c .uno%3AMerge 8f Adds the area of the selected objects to the area of the lowermost object in the selection. This command is best used with overlapping objects.
10 .uno%3ASubstract 51 Subtracts the area of the selected objects from the area of the lowermost object.
10 .uno%3AIntersect 42 Creates a shape from the overlapping area of the selected objects.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationspanel%2Fmore_properties 57 Specifies additional properties for the selected element in the Custom Animations pane.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationeffecttab%2Ftext_delay 49 Specifies the percentage of delay between animations of words or letters.
48 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationeffecttab%2Ftext_animation_list 3b Select the animation mode for the text of the current shape
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationeffecttab%2Fdim_color_list 15 Select the dim color.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationeffecttab%2Faeffect_list 61 Select a color to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationeffecttab%2Fsound_preview 1e Plays the selected sound file.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationeffecttab%2Fsound_list 45 Select a sound from the Gallery or select one of the special entries.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationeffecttab%2Fsmooth_end 53 Enable this option to assign a gradually decreasing speed to the end of the effect.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationeffecttab%2Fsmooth_start 55 Enable this option to assign a gradually increasing speed to the start of the effect.
2f SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_PRESETPROPERTYBOX 27 Specifies the direction for the effect.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtexttab%2Fanimate_shape 3a Deselect this box to animate only the text, not the shape.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtexttab%2Fauto_after_value 46 Enter an additional delay in seconds to animate subsequent paragraphs.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtexttab%2Freverse_order 29 Animates the paragraphs in reverse order.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtexttab%2Fauto_after 67 If "Group text - By 1st level paragraphs" is selected, the paragraphs are animated one after the other.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtexttab%2Fgroup_text_list 2e Specifies how multiple paragraphs are animated
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtimingtab%2Frb_interactive 4f Specifies whether to let the animation start when a specified shape is clicked.
46 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtimingtab%2Frb_click_sequence 4a Specifies whether to let the animation start in the normal click sequence.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtimingtab%2Frewind 62 Specifies whether to let the animated shape return to its starting state after the animation ends.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtimingtab%2Ftrigger_list 2f Select the shape by its name from the list box.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtimingtab%2Fanim_duration 25 Specifies the duration of the effect.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtimingtab%2Frepeat_list 37 Specifies whether and how to repeat the current effect.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtimingtab%2Fdelay_value 43 Specifies an additional delay of n seconds until the effect starts.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomanimationtimingtab%2Fstart_list 3d Displays the start property of the selected animation effect.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fremotedialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 2e List all Impress Remote available connections.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fremotedialog%2FRemoteDialog 2e List all Impress Remote available connections.
13 .uno%3ALeftPaneDraw 1c Show or hide the Slide Pane.
16 .uno%3ALeftPaneImpress 1c Show or hide the Slide Pane.
10 .uno%3AHideSlide 49 Hides the selected slide so that it is not displayed during a slide show.
12 .uno%3APagesPerRow 46 Enter the number of slides to display on each row in the Slide Sorter.
10 .uno%3ADiaEffect 4c Select the transition effect that appears before the current slide is shown.
e .uno%3ADiaTime 58 Enter the amount of time before the slide show automatically advances to the next slide.
16 .uno%3ARehearseTimings 3a Starts a slide show with a timer in the lower left corner.
f .uno%3APosition 50 Displays the X and Y position of the cursor and the size of the selected object.
11 .uno%3APageStatus 49 Displays the current slide number followed by the total number of slides.
12 .uno%3AZoomOptimal 3f Resizes the display to include all of the objects on the slide.
14 .uno%3AZoomPageWidth 63 Displays the complete width of the slide. The top and bottom edges of the slide may not be visible.
12 .uno%3AZoomObjects 36 Resizes the display to fit the object(s) you selected.
15 .uno%3AZoom100Percent 26 Displays the slide at its actual size.
f .uno%3AZoomNext 2f Undoes the action of the Previous Zoom command.
10 .uno%3AZoomMinus 2c Displays the slide at half its current size.
f .uno%3AZoomPage 29 Displays the entire slide on your screen.
13 .uno%3AZoomPrevious 49 Returns the display of the slide to the previous zoom factor you applied.
f .uno%3AZoomPlus 31 Displays the slide at two times its current size.
12 .uno%3AZoomPanning 30 Moves the slide within the $[officename] window.
12 .uno%3AZoomToolBox 7a Reduces or enlarges the screen display of the current document. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Zoom toolbar.
1a .uno%3AInteractiveGradient 94 Modifies the gradient fill of the selected object. This command is only available if you applied a gradient to the selected object in Format - Area.
1e .uno%3AInteractiveTransparence 37 Applies a transparency gradient to the selected object.
c .uno%3AShear 45 Lets you drag the handles of the selected object to change its shape.
11 .uno%3ACrookSlant 79 Distorts the selected object by wrapping it around imaginary circles. Drag a handle of the selected object to distort it.
19 .uno%3AConvertInto3DLathe 64 Converts the selected 2D object(s) to a 3D object, by rotating the object(s) around a symmetry line.
d .uno%3AMirror ff Flips the selected object(s) around a flip line, that you can drag to anywhere on the slide. Drag a handle of the object(s) across the flip line to flip the object(s). To change the orientation of the flip line, drag one of its end points to new location.
12 .uno%3ACrookRotate 96 Distorts the selected object by wrapping it around imaginary circles, and then adding perspective. Drag a handle of the selected object to distort it.
13 .uno%3AAdvancedMode 42 Modifies the shape, orientation or fill of the selected object(s).
19 .uno%3AGlueHorzAlignRight 60 When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the right edge of the object.
1a .uno%3AGlueVertAlignBottom 61 When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the bottom edge of the object.
1a .uno%3AGlueHorzAlignCenter 5c When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the center of the object.
18 .uno%3AGlueHorzAlignLeft 5f When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the left edge of the object.
12 .uno%3AGluePercent 52 Maintains the relative position of a selected gluepoint when you resize an object.
1f .uno%3AGlueEscapeDirectionRight 3f Connector attaches to the right edge of the selected gluepoint.
1d .uno%3AGlueEscapeDirectionTop 3d Connector attaches to the top edge of the selected gluepoint.
1a .uno%3AGlueVertAlignCenter 65 When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the vertical center of the object.
17 .uno%3AGlueVertAlignTop 5e When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the top edge of the object.
20 .uno%3AGlueEscapeDirectionBottom 40 Connector attaches to the bottom edge of the selected gluepoint.
1e .uno%3AGlueEscapeDirectionLeft 3e Connector attaches to the left edge of the selected gluepoint.
16 .uno%3AGlueInsertPoint 31 Inserts a gluepoint where you click in an object.
20 .uno%3AVerticalTextFitToSizeTool e2 Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. The text that you enter is automatically resized to fit the dimensions of the box. (Enable Asian text support to enable this icon).
18 .uno%3ATextFitToSizeTool 99 Draws a text box where you click or drag in the current document. The text that you enter is automatically resized to fit the dimensions of the text box.
b .uno%3AText 83 Draws a text box where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text.
12 .uno%3ATextToolbox 4c The Text toolbar contains some icons to enter different types of text boxes.
16 .uno%3ASquare_Unfilled c7 Draws an empty square where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the square, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
1c .uno%3ARect_Rounded_Unfilled e2 Draws an empty rounded rectangle where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rounded rectangle, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rounded square, hold down Shift while you drag.
14 .uno%3ARect_Unfilled ca Draws an empty rectangle where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.
1e .uno%3ASquare_Rounded_Unfilled df Draws an empty rounded square where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rounded square, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rounded rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3ARect_Rounded e7 Draws a rounded rectangle with a fill where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rounded rectangle, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rounded square, hold down Shift while you drag.
15 .uno%3ASquare_Rounded e4 Draws a rounded square with a fill where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rounded square, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rounded rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
d .uno%3ASquare c7 Draws a filled square where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the square, and drag to the size you want. To draw a rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3ARectangleToolbox 43 Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the Legacy Rectangles toolbar.
19 .uno%3ACircleCut_Unfilled 1b9 Draws an empty shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw a segment that is based on an ellipse, hold down Shift while you drag.
1a .uno%3AEllipseCut_Unfilled 1a8 Draws an empty shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and a diameter line in the current document. To draw an ellipse segment, drag an ellipse to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the ellipse. To draw a circle segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
19 .uno%3ACirclePie_Unfilled 182 Draws an empty shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and two radius lines in the current document. To draw a circle pie, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3APie_Unfilled 17e Draws an empty shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3ACircle_Unfilled b9 Draws an empty circle where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the circle, and drag to the size you want. To draw an ellipse, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3AEllipse_Unfilled b3 Draws an empty oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
10 .uno%3ACircleArc 164 Draws an arc that is based on a circle in the current document. To draw an arc, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an arc that is based on an ellipse, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3AEllipseCut 1a8 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and a diameter line in the current document. To draw an ellipse segment, drag an ellipse to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the ellipse. To draw a circle segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
10 .uno%3ACirclePie 182 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and two radius lines in the current document. To draw a circle pie, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
d .uno%3ACircle 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
15 .uno%3AEllipseToolbox 67 Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the Ellipse icon which opens the Legacy Circles and Ovals toolbar.
20 .uno%3APolygon_Diagonal_Unfilled 145 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments, that are constrained by angles of 45 degree. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, hold down Alt and double-click.
f .uno%3AFreeline 108 Draws a freeform line where you drag in the slide. When you release, $[officename] creates a closed shape by drawing a straight line segment from the endpoint to the starting point of the line. The shape within the lines will be filled with the current area color.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Diagonal 1be Draws a closed shape consisting of straight line segments that are constrained by angles of 45 degrees. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To draw a polygon that is not constrained to a 45 degree angle, hold down Shift when you click.
e .uno%3APolygon 182 Draws a closed shape consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.
11 .uno%3ABezierFill 12c Draws a filled closed shape that is based on a Bézier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to close the shape.
12 .uno%3ALineToolbox 81 The Curves and Polygons icon on the Drawing bar opens the Lines toolbar, where you can add lines and shapes to the current slide.
c .uno%3ATorus 9b Draws a ring-shaped object that is based on a circle where you drag in the slide. To draw a torus that is based on an oval, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3AHalfSphere 79 Draws one half of a sphere where you drag in the slide. To draw a one half of a spheroid, hold down Shift while you drag.
e .uno%3ACyramid 17f Draws a pyramid with a square base where you drag in the slide. To draw a pyramid with a rectangular base, hold down Shift while you drag. To define a different polygon for the base of the pyramid, open the 3D Effects dialog and click the Geometry tab. In the Segments area, enter the number of sides for the polygon in the box labeled Horizontal, and then click the green checkmark.
e .uno%3AShell3D 9b Draws a bowl-shaped object that is based on a circle where you drag in the slide. To draw a shell that is based on an oval, hold down Shift while you drag.
b .uno%3ACone 8c Draws a cone that is based on a circle where you drag in the slide. To draw a cone that is based on an oval, hold down Shift while you drag.
f .uno%3ACylinder 94 Draws a cylinder that is based on a circle where you drag in the slide. To draw a cylinder that is based on an oval, hold down Shift while you drag.
d .uno%3ASphere 66 Draws a filled sphere where you drag in the slide. To draw a spheroid, hold down Shift while you drag.
b .uno%3ACube 68 Draws a filled cube where you drag in the slide. To draw a 3D rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3AObjects3DToolbox 6a Opens the 3D Objects toolbar. The objects are three dimensional, with depth, illumination, and reflection.
1e .uno%3AConnectorCurveCircleEnd 95 Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1b .uno%3AConnectorCurveArrows 90 Draws a curved line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1d .uno%3AConnectorCurveArrowEnd 95 Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1f .uno%3AConnectorCurveArrowStart 9b Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1e .uno%3AConnectorLineCircleStar 9d Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1a .uno%3AConnectorLineArrows 92 Draws a straight line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
20 .uno%3AConnectorCurveCircleStart 9b Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
14 .uno%3AConnectorLine 79 Draws a straight line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1e .uno%3AConnectorLineArrowStart 9d Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
17 .uno%3AConnectorToolbox fb Open the Connectors toolbar, where you can add connectors to objects in the current slide. A connector is a line that joins objects, and remains attached when the objects are moved. If you copy an object with a connector, the connector is also copied.
15 .uno%3AConnectorCurve 77 Draws a curved line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1a .uno%3AConnectorArrowStart b5 Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1f .uno%3AConnectorLinesArrowStart 11c Draws a connector that starts with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
10 .uno%3AConnector 92 Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
18 .uno%3AConnectorArrowEnd af Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1b .uno%3AConnectorLineCircles 93 Draws a straight line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
16 .uno%3AConnectorArrows aa Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
19 .uno%3AConnectorCircleEnd af Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1d .uno%3AConnectorLinesArrowEnd 11a Draws a connector that ends with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
17 .uno%3AConnectorCircles ab Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1c .uno%3AConnectorLinesCircles 120 Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
1e .uno%3AConnectorLinesCircleEnd 11a Draws a connector that ends with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
1b .uno%3AConnectorCircleStart b5 Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
15 .uno%3AConnectorLines 103 Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
1c .uno%3AConnectorCurveCircles 91 Draws a curved line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
20 .uno%3AConnectorLinesCircleStart 11c Draws a connector that starts with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
1d .uno%3AConnectorLineCircleEnd 97 Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1c .uno%3AConnectorLineArrowEnd 97 Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.
1b .uno%3AConnectorLinesArrows 11f Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.
14 .uno%3AInsertToolbox 71 Open the Insert toolbar, where you can add objects, including charts, spreadsheets, and images, to your document.
12 .uno%3AMeasureLine 42 Draws a line that displays the dimension length bounded by guides.
16 .uno%3ALineSquareArrow b3 Draws a straight line that starts with a square and ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3ALineCircleArrow b3 Draws a straight line that starts with a circle and ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
15 .uno%3ALineArrowStart 9c Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
14 .uno%3ALine_Diagonal 42 Draws a straight line that is constrained by angles of 45 degrees.
16 .uno%3ALineArrowSquare b3 Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow and ends with a square where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3ALineArrows 9b Draws a straight line with arrows at both ends where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3ALineArrowCircle b3 Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow and ends with a circle where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3ALineArrowEnd 9a Draws a straight line that ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
14 .uno%3AArrowsToolbox 89 Open the Lines and Arrows toolbar, where you can add straight lines, lines with arrows, and dimension lines to the current slide or page.
19 .uno%3AOutlineCollapseAll e5 Hides all of the headings of the slides in the current slide show except for the titles of the slides. Hidden headings are indicated by a black line in front of a slide title. To show the headings, click the Show All Levels icon.
17 .uno%3AOutlineExpandAll bf Displays the hidden headings of the slides in the current slide show. To hide all of the headings in the current slide show, except for the slide titles, click the Show Only First Level icon.
16 .uno%3AOutlineCollapse b5 Hides the subheadings of a selected heading. Hidden subheadings are indicated by a black line in front of a heading. To show the lower level headings, click the Show Subpoints icon.
14 .uno%3AOutlineExpand 80 Displays the hidden subheadings of a selected heading. To hide the subheadings of a selected heading, click Hide Subpoints icon.
14 .uno%3AOutlineFormat b4 Shows or hides the character formatting of the slide headings. To change the character formatting of a heading, open the Styles window, right-click a style, and then choose Modify.
10 .uno%3AColorView 2a Shows your slides in black and white only.
13 .uno%3AGlueEditMode 7f Insert or modify the properties of a gluepoint. A gluepoint is a custom connection point where you can attach a connector line.
1a .uno%3AClickChangeRotation 75 Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that rotation handles appear after you click an object, and then click it again.
14 .uno%3AAnimationMode b4 Plays a preview of an animation effect that is assigned to an object, when you click the object in the slide. To select an object for editing, hold down the Alt key when you click.
11 .uno%3AActionMode af Runs a preview of the interaction that is assigned to an object, when you click the object in the slide. To select an object for editing, hold down the Alt key when you click.
17 .uno%3AHelplinesVisible 6f Shows or hides snap lines so can you align objects on your slide. To remove a snap line, drag it off the slide.
1a .uno%3ADoubleClickTextEdit 5d Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that you can double-click an object to add or edit text.
12 .uno%3ASolidCreate 8e If this icon on the Options bar is activated, objects are shown with their attributes, but with 50% transparency, while you move or draw them.
15 .uno%3ALeaveAllGroups 2c Exits all groups and returns to normal view.
1f .uno%3ATaskPaneShowLargePreview 29 Resizes the preview of the master slides.
1f .uno%3ATaskPaneApplyToAllSlides 27 Applies the master slide to all slides.
23 SD_HID_SD_TASK_PANE_PREVIEW_LAYOUTS 55 Click to apply a slide design to all selected slides. Right-click for a context menu.
1f .uno%3ATaskPaneShowSmallPreview 29 Resizes the preview of the master slides.
1f SD_HID_SD_TASK_PANE_PREVIEW_ALL 53 Left-click to apply the master slide to all slides. Right-click for a context menu.
24 .uno%3ATaskPaneApplyToSelectedSlides 44 Applies the master slide or the slide design to the selected slides.
22 SD_HID_SD_TASK_PANE_PREVIEW_RECENT 53 Left-click to apply the master slide to all slides. Right-click for a context menu.
23 SD_HID_SD_TASK_PANE_PREVIEW_CURRENT 53 Left-click to apply the master slide to all slides. Right-click for a context menu.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fphotoalbum%2FPhotoAlbumCreatorDialog 36 Inserts a photo album into your presentation document.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fphotoalbum%2F@@nowidget@@ 36 Inserts a photo album into your presentation document.
b .uno%3A1234 a6 The Presenter Console displays the slide show in an external screen (projector or large television), while the presentation controls are shown in the computer screen.
16 .uno%3AAlignObjectMenu 29 Align the table within the page or slide.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnewtabledialog%2FNewTableDialog 2e Enter the number of columns for the new table.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnewtabledialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 2e Enter the number of columns for the new table.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fnewtabledialog%2Fcolumns 2e Enter the number of columns for the new table.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 6d Distributes the width of the selected or all columns to the same size. The width of the table is not changed.
f .uno%3ACellMenu 55 Define the vertical alignment of selected or all cell contents. Split or merge cells.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fnewtabledialog%2Frows 2b Enter the number of rows for the new table.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 34 The cell contents are align at the top of the cells.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 3f The cell contents are aligned vertically centered in the cells.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 39 The cell contents are aligned at the bottom of the cells.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 6c Distributes the height of the selected or all rows to the same size. The height of the table is not changed.
11 .uno%3AInsertRows c5 If currently no cell is selected, a new row will be inserted at the bottom of the table. If currently cells are selected, as many new rows as the selection has will be inserted below the selection.
14 .uno%3AInsertColumns d4 If currently no cell is selected, a new column will be inserted at the right border of the table. If currently cells are selected, as many new columns as the selection has will be inserted right of the selection.
11 .uno%3AColumnMenu 30 Choose commands for the selected or all columns.
f .uno%3AEditMenu 4d This menu contains commands for editing the contents of the current document.
f .uno%3AViewMenu 86 This menu contains commands to control the on-screen display of the document, change the user interface and access the sidebar panels.
11 .uno%3AInsertMenu 9b This menu contains the commands that are used to insert new elements into the document, for example, graphics, objects, special characters and other files.
11 .uno%3AFormatMenu 4e Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.
11 .uno%3AWindowList 43 Contains commands for manipulating and displaying document windows.
11 .uno%3AModifyMenu 39 Contains commands for modifying objects in your document.
14 .uno%3ASlideShowMenu 39 Contains commands and options for running a presentation.
5 dummy 34 The Slide View bar opens with the Slide Sorter view.
33 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars%3FToolbar%3Astring=drawbar 8c The Drawing bar contains frequently used editing tools. Click the arrow next to an icon to open a toolbar that contains additional commands.
3a .uno%3AAvailableToolbars%3FToolbar%3Astring=outlinetoolbar 48 In Outline View, the Outline bar contains frequently used editing tools.
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATA_SERIES_LABEL 20 Enter names for the data series.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FMoveDownRow 31 Switches the current row with its neighbor below.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FMoveLeftColumn 3a Switches the current column with its neighbor at the left.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FMoveRightColumn 3b Switches the current column with its neighbor at the right.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveRow 44 Deletes the current row. It is not possible to delete the label row.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertColumn 33 Inserts a new data series after the current column.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertRow 28 Inserts a new row below the current row.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FMoveUpRow 31 Switches the current row with its neighbor above.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveColumn 5e Deletes the current series or text column. It is not possible to delete the first text column.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FChartDataDialog 3e Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 3e Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertTextColumn 56 Inserts a new text column after the current column for hierarchical axes descriptions.
12 .uno%3ADiagramData 3e Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FsecondaryYaxis 3e Enter the desired secondary title for the Y axis of the chart.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryZaxis 34 Enter the desired title for the Z axis of the chart.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryYaxis 34 Enter the desired title for the Y axis of the chart.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FsecondaryXaxis 3e Enter the desired secondary title for the X axis of the chart.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FprimaryXaxis 34 Enter the desired title for the X axis of the chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2Fmaintitle 26 Enter the desired title for the chart.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2FInsertTitleDialog 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2F@@nowidget@@ 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finserttitledlg%2Fsubtitle 29 Enter the desired subtitle for the chart.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuTitles 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2FLB_LEGEND_TEXTDIR 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fbottom 30 Positions the legend at the bottom of the chart.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fright 2f Positions the legend at the right of the chart.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fleft 2e Positions the legend at the left of the chart.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 34 Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.
13 .uno%3AToggleLegend 44 To show or hide a legend, click Legend On/Off on the Formatting bar.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2FCB_NO_OVERLAY 36 Specifies whether the legend should overlap the chart.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Ftop 2d Positions the legend at the top of the chart.
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuLegend 89 Opens the Legend dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 3e Enter the counterclockwise rotation angle for the data labels.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 3e Enter the counterclockwise rotation angle for the data labels.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_NUMBER 30 Displays the absolute values of the data points.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 2f Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 2b Opens a dialog to select the number format.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_PERCENTAGE 3a Displays the percentage of the data points in each column.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 3d Selects the placement of data labels relative to the objects.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 2f Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_SYMBOL 38 Displays the legend icons next to each data point label.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_CATEGORY 21 Shows the data point text labels.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuDataLabels 47 Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 48 Selects the separator between multiple text strings for the same object.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 2b Opens a dialog to select the number format.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 48 Selects the separator between multiple text strings for the same object.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 3d Selects the placement of data labels relative to the objects.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryX 29 Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryZ 30 Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryY 30 Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryY 87 The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryX 30 Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
15 .uno%3AInsertMenuAxes 30 Specifies the axes to be displayed in the chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 1f Shows only negative error bars.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 1f Shows only positive error bars.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 1f Shows only positive error bars.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FCB_SYN_POS_NEG bf Enable to use the positive error values also as negative error values. You can only change the value of the "Positive (+)" box. That value gets copied to the "Negative (-)" box automatically.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 1f Shows only negative error bars.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 2e Select a function to calculate the error bars.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 1d Does not show any error bars.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_POSITIVE 9f Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2Ftp_ErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2F@@nowidget@@ 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_RANGE 6d Click Cell Range and then specify a cell range from which to take the positive and negative error bar values.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 2e Select a function to calculate the error bars.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_NEGATIVE 7c Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
1f CHART2_SCH_ERROR_BARS_FROM_DATA cc For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Data Table dialog shows additional columns titled Positive X or Y-Error-Bars and Negative X or Y-Error-Bars.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 27 Shows positive and negative error bars.
3c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FCB_SYN_POS_NEG bf Enable to use the positive error values also as negative error values. You can only change the value of the "Positive (+)" box. That value gets copied to the "Negative (-)" box automatically.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FMF_POSITIVE 4a Enter the value to add to the displayed value as the positive error value.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuYErrorBars 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 27 Shows positive and negative error bars.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 2e Select a function to calculate the error bars.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_RANGE 6d Click Cell Range and then specify a cell range from which to take the positive and negative error bar values.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_NEGATIVE 9f Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_POSITIVE 7c Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 1d Does not show any error bars.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_POSITIVE 9f Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FIB_RANGE_NEGATIVE 9f Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FMF_NEGATIVE 51 Enter the value to subtract from the displayed value as the negative error value.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 2e Select a function to calculate the error bars.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_POSITIVE 7c Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FMF_NEGATIVE 51 Enter the value to subtract from the displayed value as the negative error value.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FMF_POSITIVE 4a Enter the value to add to the displayed value as the positive error value.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2F@@nowidget@@ 45 Use the X or Y Error Bars dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FED_RANGE_NEGATIVE 7c Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FmovingAverage 39 A moving average trend line is shown with a given period.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel9 2a Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fpolynomial 35 A polynomial trend line is shown with a given degree.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fdegree 20 Degree of polynomial trend line.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FTP_TRENDLINE 4f Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel3 20 Degree of polynomial trend line.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FsetIntercept 5f For linear, polynomial and exponential trend lines, intercept value is forced to a given value.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fperiod 43 Number of points to calculate average of moving average trend line.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fexponential 23 An exponential trend line is shown.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flinear 1d A linear trend line is shown.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fpower 1c A power trend line is shown.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel5 1d Name of trend line in legend.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel4 43 Number of points to calculate average of moving average trend line.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuTrendlines 4f Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fentry_name 1d Name of trend line in legend.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel7 2f Trend line is extrapolated for higher x-values.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowEquation 35 Shows the trend line equation next to the trend line.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel8 2e Trend line is extrapolated for lower x-values.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fextrapolate_Forward 2f Trend line is extrapolated for higher x-values.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fextrapolate_Backward 2e Trend line is extrapolated for lower x-values.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flogarithmic 22 A logarithmic trend line is shown.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FinterceptValue 23 Value of intercept if it is forced.
1e .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquation 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowCorrelationCoefficient 3e Shows the coefficient of determination next to the trend line.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flabel6 2a Name of X variable in trend line equation.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fentry_Yname 2a Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuMeanValues 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2F@@nowidget@@ 4f Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fentry_Xname 2a Name of X variable in trend line equation.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataPointOption%2FCB_LEGEND_ENTRY_HIDDEN 44 Do not show legend entry for the selected data series or data point.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_1 54 This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FNF_STARTING_ANGLE 70 Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_CONTINUE_LINE 75 For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_DONT_PAINT 67 For a missing value, no data will be shown. This is the default for chart types Column, Bar, Line, Net.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_GAP 33 Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_OVERLAP 3b Defines the necessary settings for overlapping data series.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_CONNECTOR 8b For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_BARS_SIDE_BY_SIDE 58 The bars from different data series are shown as if they were attached only to one axis.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS 51 Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_LEGEND_ENTRY_HIDDEN 44 Do not show legend entry for the selected data series or data point.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCB_CLOCKWISE ab The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCT_ANGLE_DIAL 151 Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_2 89 Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_ASSUME_ZERO 60 For a missing value, the y-value will be shown as zero. This is the default for chart type Area.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryY 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryX 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryZ 2a Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.
1b .uno%3AToggleGridHorizontal 6a The Horizontal Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryY 2a Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.
19 .uno%3AToggleGridVertical 68 The Vertical Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryX 2a Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2F@@nowidget@@ ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryZ 3f Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FInsertGridDialog ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
16 .uno%3AInsertMenuGrids ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
16 .uno%3AFormatSelection 1c Formats the selected object.
d .uno%3AZTitle 2e Modifies the properties of the selected title.
d .uno%3AYTitle 57 Modifies the properties of the selected title or the properties of all titles together.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FtextdirLB 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fauto 2b Automatically arranges numbers on the axis.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FbreakCB 14 Allows a text break.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FtextdirLB 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FoverlapCB 39 Specifies that the text in cells may overlap other cells.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Feven 41 Stagger numbers on the axes, odd numbers lower than even numbers.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Ftile 2a Arranges numbers on the axis side by side.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FOrientDegree 33 Allows you to manually enter the orientation angle.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FstackedCB 34 Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FdialCtrl 45 Clicking anywhere on the wheel defines the variable text orientation.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisDescr 2c Defines the text direction of cell contents.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fodd 42 Staggers numbers on the axis, even numbers lower than odd numbers.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FshowlabelsCB 32 Specifies whether to show or hide the axis labels.
d .uno%3ALegend 3f Defines the border, area and character attributes for a legend.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisB 8f Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary Y axis. To insert a secondary Y axis, choose Insert - Axes and select Y axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisA 8f Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary X axis. To insert a secondary X axis, choose Insert - Axes and select X axis.
15 .uno%3ADiagramAxisAll 47 Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisZ 47 Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisX 47 Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisY 3c Opens the Y Axis dialog, to change properties of the Y axis.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_HELP_TIME_UNIT 4d Minor interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_TIME_RESOLUTION 47 Resolution can be set to show days, months, or years as interval steps.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_AXIS_TYPE 6e For some types of axes, you can select to format an axis as text or date, or to detect the type automatically.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_MAIN_TIME_UNIT 4d Major interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_LOGARITHM 42 Specifies that you want the axis to be subdivided logarithmically.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_MAIN_DATE_STEP 4d Major interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_ORIGIN 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_ORIGIN 41 Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_STEPHELP 35 Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_STEP_MAIN 37 Defines the interval for the main division of the axes.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MAX 32 Defines the maximum value for the end of the axis.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_REVERSE 81 Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MIN 38 Defines the minimum value for the beginning of the axis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_TICKS 4b Select where to place the marks: at labels, at axis, or at axis and labels.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_INNER 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_OUTER 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_LABELS 63 Select where to place the labels: near axis, near axis (other side), outside start, or outside end.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FRB_BETWEEN 9a Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FRB_ON 90 Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.
4d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT_CATEGORY 44 Select the category where the axis line should cross the other axis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_INNER 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
44 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 40 Enter the value where the axis line should cross the other axis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_OUTER 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 5f Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2F@@nowidget@@ 5f Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.
15 .uno%3ADiagramGridAll 33 Opens the Grid dialog for defining grid properties.
12 .uno%3ADiagramWall a2 Opens the Chart Wall dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.
13 .uno%3ADiagramFloor b4 Opens the Chart Floor dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.
12 .uno%3ADiagramArea 96 Opens the Chart Area dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.
f .uno%3ABackward 36 Sends the selected data series backward (to the left).
e .uno%3AForward 37 Brings the selected data series forward (to the right).
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FPolynomialsSpinButton 22 Set the degree of the polynomials.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FResolutionSpinbutton 13 Set the resolution.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSplineTypeComboBox 19 Apply a line curve model.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSmoothLinesDialog 19 Apply a line curve model.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2F@@nowidget@@ 19 Apply a line curve model.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_center_y_rb 7f Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_end_rb 6a Start with horizontal line, step up vertically in the middle of the X values and end with horizontal line.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_center_x_rb 39 Start to step up vertically and end with horizontal line.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_start_rb 3d Start with horizontal line and step up vertically at the end.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_AMBIENT_COLOR 2d Select a color using the Pick a Color dialog.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FLB_SCHEME 49 Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2F@@nowidget@@ 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_LIGHTSOURCE 2d Select a color for the selected light source.
47 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR 2d Select a color using the Pick a Color dialog.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_PERSPECTIVE bc Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_PERSPECTIVE bc Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2F@@nowidget@@ 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_4 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_OBJECTLINES 42 Shows borders around the areas by setting the line style to Solid.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES 101 If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.
d .uno%3AView3D 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_X_ROTATION 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_1 45 Click to enable or disable the specular light source with highlights.
3c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2F@@nowidget@@ 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_ROUNDEDEDGE 18 Edges are rounded by 5%.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_AMBIENTLIGHT 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_2 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_SHADING 3f Applies Gouraud shading if marked, or flat shading if unmarked.
49 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination 26 Set the light sources for the 3D view.
16 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_VSCROLL 5c Drag the right slider to set the vertical height and direction of the selected light source.
16 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_HSCROLL 61 Drag the bottom slider to set the horizontal position and direction of the selected light source.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_7 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
17 SVX_HID_CTRL3D_SWITCHER 44 Click to switch between an illumination model of a sphere or a cube.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_3 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_5 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_6 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_8 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fmaintitle 1d Enter a title for your chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fsubtitle 20 Enter a subtitle for your chart.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryXaxis 2a Enter a label for the x-axis (horizontal).
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Ftop 2d Positions the legend to the top of the chart.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fbottom 30 Positions the legend to the bottom of the chart.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryZaxis 59 Enter a label for the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FsecondaryXaxis 71 Enter a label for the secondary y-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary y-axis.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 20 Displays a legend in your chart.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fleft 2e Positions the legend to the left of the chart.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fright 2f Positions the legend to the right of the chart.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fy 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the y-axis.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryYaxis 28 Enter a label for the y-axis (vertical).
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fx 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the x-axis.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fz 75 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
12 .uno%3ADiagramType 1c Opens the Chart Type dialog.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F@@nowidget@@ 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fcharttype 1a Select a basic chart type.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Ftp_ChartType 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_WIZARD_ROADMAP 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fnolines 3b Set the number of lines for the Column and Line chart type.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsubtype 2a Select a sub type of the basic chart type.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dscheme 1b Select the type of 3D look.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fontop 31 Stack series display values on top of each other.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fstack 28 Displays stacked series for Line charts.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fpercent 27 Stack series display values as percent.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsort 6a Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dlook 26 Enables a 3D look for the data values.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Flinetype 20 Choose the type of line to draw.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fshape 1d Select a shape from the list.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fproperties 33 Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS 10d For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATACOLS dc Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATAROWS d8 Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
42 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS 11b For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FIB_RANGE a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FED_RANGE a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
11 .uno%3ADataRanges 4b Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2F@@nowidget@@ 4b Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_DOWN 36 Moves down the selected entry in the Data Series list.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_REMOVE 35 Removes the selected entry from the Data Series list.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_CATEGORIES 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_MAIN ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_ROLE a1 Shows all the data ranges used by the data series that is selected in the Data Series list box. Each data range shows the role name and the source range address.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_SERIES a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_ADD 88 Adds a new entry below the current entry in the Data Series list. If an entry is selected, the new data series gets the same chart type.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_RANGE ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2Ftp_DataSource a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_UP 34 Moves up the selected entry in the Data Series list.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_CAT 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2F@@nowidget@@ a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
11 .uno%3ADataInRows 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
14 .uno%3ADataInColumns 2a Changes the arrangement of the chart data.
10 .uno%3AScaleText 45 Rescales the text in the chart when you change the size of the chart.
15 .uno%3ANewArrangement b6 Moves all chart elements to their default positions inside the current chart. This function does not alter the chart type or any other attributes other than the position of elements.
12 .uno%3AContextType 2c Displays the name of the current chart type.
19 .uno%3AResetAllDataPoints 29 Resets all data points to default format.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMeanValue 1c Deletes the mean value line.
14 .uno%3ADeleteR2Value 16 Deletes the R² value.
1e .uno%3ADeleteTrendlineEquation 1f Deletes the trendline equation.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMinorGrid 17 Deletes the minor grid.
11 .uno%3ADeleteAxis 1a Deletes the selected axis.
17 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabels 18 Deletes all data labels.
13 .uno%3ADeleteLegend 19 Deletes the chart legend.
14 .uno%3AInsertR2Value 33 Inserts the coefficient of determination R² value.
15 .uno%3AResetDataPoint 31 Resets the selected data point to default format.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 48 Inserts the trendline equation and the coefficient of determination R².
1e .uno%3AFormatTrendlineEquation 1f Formats the trendline equation.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataPoint 20 Formats the selected data point.
12 .uno%3AFormatTitle 1b Formats the selected title.
12 .uno%3AFormatFloor 18 Formats the chart floor.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMajorGrid 17 Deletes the major grid.
17 .uno%3AFormatYErrorBars 19 Formats the Y error bars.
16 .uno%3AInsertDataLabel 1c Inserts a single data label.
16 .uno%3AStarChartDialog 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
11 .uno%3AFormatWall 17 Formats the chart wall.
16 .uno%3AFormatChartArea 17 Formats the chart area.
10 .uno%3ADrawChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AInsertAxisTitle 27 Opens a dialog to insert an axis title.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataLabel 20 Formats the selected data label.
16 .uno%3AFormatTrendline 16 Formats the trendline.
16 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabel 20 Deletes the selected data label.
13 .uno%3AFormatLegend 19 Formats the chart legend.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockGain 22 Formats the stock gain indicators.
16 .uno%3AFormatMajorGrid 17 Formats the major grid.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataSeries 18 Formats the data series.
16 .uno%3AFormatStockLoss 22 Formats the stock loss indicators.
11 .uno%3AFormatAxis 1a Formats the selected axis.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataLabels 18 Formats the data labels.
16 .uno%3AFormatMeanValue 1c Formats the mean value line.
17 .uno%3ADeleteYErrorBars 19 Deletes the Y error bars.
13 .uno%3AInsertTitles 26 Opens a dialog to insert chart titles.
17 .uno%3AInsertRemoveAxes 28 Opens a dialog to insert or delete axes.
11 .uno%3AInsertAxis 21 Opens a dialog to insert an axis.
16 .uno%3AInsertMajorGrid 15 Inserts a major grid.
1b CHART2_HID_SCH_WIN_DOCUMENT 10b Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.
16 .uno%3AInsertMinorGrid 15 Inserts a minor grid.
16 .uno%3AFormatMinorGrid 17 Formats the minor grid.
17 .uno%3AInsertDataLabels 14 Inserts data labels.
1b .uno%3AChartElementSelector b9 Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialog for the selected element.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 22 Opens the Extrusion Color toolbar.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 23 Opens the Extrusion Surface window.
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL 13 Select a direction.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 25 Opens the Extrusion Direction window.
38 svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2FExtrustionDepthDialog 19 Enter an extrusion depth.
2f svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 19 Enter an extrusion depth.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 21 Opens the Extrusion Depth window.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 24 Opens the Extrusion Lighting window.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 30 Tilts the selected object right by five degrees.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 32 Tilts the selected object upwards by five degrees.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 2f Tilts the selected object left by five degrees.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 34 Tilts the selected object downwards by five degrees.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3c Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
12 .uno%3ATextCombine 31 Combine two or more selected text boxes into one.
14 .uno%3ADuplicatePage 3a Inserts a copy of the current page after the current page.
2e modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Finsertlayer%2Fprintable 35 When printing, print or ignore this particular layer.
2b modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Finsertlayer%2Flocked 30 Prevent elements on the layer from being edited.
2c modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Finsertlayer%2Fvisible 17 Show or hide the layer.
2d modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Finsertlayer%2Ftextview 21 Enter a description of the layer.
2a modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Finsertlayer%2Ftitle 1d Enter the title of the layer.
29 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Finsertlayer%2Fname 48 Enter a name for the new layer. To rename the layer, enter the new name.
12 .uno%3AInsertLayer 69 Inserts a new layer or modify a layer in the document. Layers are only available in Draw, not in Impress.
10 .uno%3APageSetup 49 Sets page orientation, page margins, background and other layout options.
4 zzzz 1c Set a new name for the page.
10 .uno%3AShapeMenu 2c This menu provides shape objects management.
18 SFX2_HID_MOREOPTIONS_BTN 68 Click the Options label to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BACK 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
28 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fcopydlg%2Fdefault 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
1c SFX2_HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
2b sw%3APushButton%3ATP_STD_FONT%3APB_STANDARD 50 Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
19 SFX2_HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 97 Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialog.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Fok 24 Saves all changes and closes dialog.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Freset 3c Resets modified values back to the tab page previous values.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finserttable%2Fpreviewinstable 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fpreview 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdestarea f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdeldouble 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
19 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_FINISH 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_HELP 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_PREVIOUS 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortslist%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fimagetabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
19 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fpreview 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_PREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Finsert 43 Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvarbutton f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulasref f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign2 f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT 9e Click the Next button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes Create.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdelabbrev 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Fcancel 27 Closes dialog and discards all changes.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DEL 3c Deletes the selected element or elements after confirmation.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconditionalformatdialog%2Frbassign f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-button f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptionsdialog%2Frevert 57 Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened.
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcolref f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frowref f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulabutton f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdataarea f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbprintarea f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatrow f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fassign f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDPREV 63 View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatcol f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassignrb f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea f7 Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Expand icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 40 Clicking Cancel closes a dialog without saving any changes made.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 2a Applies all changes and closes the wizard.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 2c Displays a preview of the current selection.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY a0 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a confirmation question appears before objects are deleted.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryupdateprogress%2FGalleryUpdateProgress 39 Updates the view in the window or in the selected object.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 3f Use the Open command to open the selected object in a new task.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 2d Copies the selected element to the clipboard.
19 HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 35 Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
17 HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
26 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompresslzw 66 LZW compression is the compression of a file into a smaller file using a table-based lookup algorithm.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor1rb 1a Exports the file in color.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel1rb 8c Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftiffpreviewcb 6a Specifies whether a preview image is exported in the TIFF format together with the actual PostScript file.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel2rb 73 Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
2d svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fsavetransparencycb ba Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthlb 14 Specifies the width.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fheightmf 15 Specifies the height.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor2rb 24 Exports the file in grayscale tones.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionmf 4b Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionlb 4b Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolordepthlb 41 Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.
20 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Frlecb 36 Applies RLE (Run Length Encoding) to the BMP graphics.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fbinarycb 52 Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a text file.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressnone 32 Specifies that you do not wish to use compression.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2F@@nowidget@@ 20 Defines graphics export options.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthmf 20 Specifies the measurement units.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionpngnf 62 Sets the compression for the export. A high compression means a smaller, but slower to load image.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fepsipreviewcb b6 Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file. This format only contains printable characters from the 7-bit ASCII code.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionjpgnf 79 Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size
21 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftextcb 57 Exports the file in ASCII text format. The resulting file is larger than a binary file.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Finterlacedcb 40 Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetlist 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffixedwidth 2b Exports all data fields with a fixed width.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fasshown bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fquoteall c0 Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ftext 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffield 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetdropdown 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
3f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fscrolledwindowcolumntype f4 Shows how the imported text will look after it is separated into columns. To apply a format to a column when it is imported, click a column and select a Column type. When you select a Column type, the column heading displays the applied format.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectscientificnumbers 6f When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect numbers with scientific notation, like 5E2 for 500.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectspecialnumbers f9 When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect all number formats, including special number formats such as dates and time. Scientific notation will also be detected as Detect scientific notation option must be enabled at the same time.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fremovespace 36 Removes starting and trailing spaces from data fields.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2FTextImportCsvDialog 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fsemicolon 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftextdelimiter 58 Select a character to delimit text data. You can also enter a character in the text box.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fmergedelimiters 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Flanguage 2f Determines how the number strings are imported.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ffromrow 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fother 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcolumntype 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftofixedwidth 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftoseparatedby 27 Select the separator used in your data.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftab 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fspace 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fskipemptycells b5 Available when using Paste Special: when this option is enabled, Calc preserves previous content of cells when pasting empty ones. Otherwise, Calc deletes content of previous cells.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fquotedfieldastext b2 When this option is enabled, fields or cells whose values are quoted in their entirety (the first and last characters of the value equal the text delimiter) are imported as text.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Finputother 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcharset 3c Specifies the character set to be used in the imported file.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcomma 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flf 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcr 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcrlf 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flanguage 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Ffont 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcharset 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerytitledialog%2FGalleryTitleDialog 2d Assigns a title to a selected Gallery object.
15 HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 30 Deletes the selected graphic after confirmation.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 32 The Preview command displays the selected graphic.
17 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 27 Inserts the selected graphic as a link.
12 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 49 Inserts a copy of the selected graphic object directly into the document.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 42 Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.
1e HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
1a HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 32 Sets all graphics in the document to be invisible.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
18 HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 38 Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2Fname 1f Displays the name of the theme.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 47 The General tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2FGalleryGeneralPage 47 The General tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.
d .uno%3ANewDoc 49 If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates.
16 HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 52 Creates a new $[officename] document. Click the arrow to select the document type.
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 25 Creates a new $[officename] document.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2Fok 23 Creates a new document for editing.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 43 Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fbrand 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fsheet 23 Prints labels on individual sheets.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ffield 86 Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftype eb Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom label format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftable 55 Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Finsert 86 Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fdatabase 4b Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fcontinuous 22 Prints labels on continuous paper.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Faddress 66 Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the Label text box is overwritten.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftextview 5a Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2FCardMediumPage 3f Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fhori 8b Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fvert 8a Displays the distance between the top edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fwidth 6f Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Fbrand 22 Enter or select the desired brand.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fheight 6c Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fleft a3 Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fpageheight 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fsave 30 Saves the current label or business card format.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Ftop 98 Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Ftype 1d Enter or select a label type.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2FLabelFormatPage 1d Set paper formatting options.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fcols 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Frows 5a Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fpagewidth 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsetup 1f Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffloatingsync%2Fsync 71 Copies the contents of the top left label or business card to the remaining labels or business cards on the page.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsynchronize af Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Frows 4c Enter the row in which you want to place your single label or business card.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsinglelabel 31 Prints a single label or business card on a page.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fentirepage 30 Creates a full page of labels or business cards.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fcols 4f Enter the column in which you want to place your single label or business card.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2FLabelOptionsPage 6f Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 2a Design and create your own business cards.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fformatinfo 66 The paper type and the dimensions of the business card are displayed at the bottom of the Format area.
1d SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE dd Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom size format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
1e SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
1e SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 2b Prints business cards on individual sheets.
1d SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 2a Prints business cards on continuous paper.
18 SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE 84 Select the size of your business card from a number of predefined size formats, or a size format that you specify on the Format tab.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Fautotext 4d Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Ftreeview 67 Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2FCardFormatPage 2d Define the appearance of your business cards.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fmobile 23 Enter your mobile telephone number.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Furl 2c Enter the address of your internet homepage.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fjob 23 Enter the title of your profession.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname2 4b Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname2 4c Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname2 4d Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fphone 21 Enter your home telephone number.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2FPrivateUserPage 77 Contains personal contact information for business cards. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 77 Contains personal contact information for business cards. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Furl 36 Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fphone 25 Enter your business telephone number.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fslogan 21 Enter the slogan of your company.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany2 21 Enter additional company details.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fmobile 23 Enter your mobile telephone number.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2F@@nowidget@@ a6 Contains contact information for business cards that use a layout from a 'Business Card, Work' category. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2FBusinessDataPage a6 Contains contact information for business cards that use a layout from a 'Business Card, Work' category. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.
13 HID_FILESAVE_DOPLAY 4a Plays the selected sound file. Click again to stop playing the sound file.
28 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fopen 1f Opens the selected document(s).
15 .uno%3AOpenFromWriter 41 Opens a local or remote file. Opening multiple files is possible.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fno 48 Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog.
13 .uno%3AOpenFromCalc 41 Opens a local or remote file. Opening multiple files is possible.
32 fps%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2FExplorerFileDialog 41 Opens a local or remote file. Opening multiple files is possible.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fyes 3c Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog.
2c fps%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 41 Opens a local or remote file. Opening multiple files is possible.
14 HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_name 29 Enter a file name or a path for the file.
b .uno%3AOpen 41 Opens a local or remote file. Opening multiple files is possible.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fall 23 Click to delete all selected files.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_type 78 Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the folder.
14 HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 5e If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.
15 HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 21 Opens the file in read-only mode.
11 .uno%3AOpenRemote 32 Opens a document located in a remote file service.
19 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 27 Enter or select the path from the list.
14 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 1b Selects the indicated path.
33 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_DLG_LISTBOX 3c Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Saves the current document.
13 .uno%3ASaveAsRemote 32 Saves a document located in a remote file service.
10 .uno%3ASaveACopy 42 Saves a copy of the actual document with another name or location.
16 HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
1d HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
24 SW_HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_FILTER 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
19 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
17 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
26 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_LISTBOX_FILTER 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
d .uno%3ASaveAs 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
d SID_SAVEASDOC 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
13 .uno%3AExportAsMenu 2b Export the document in PDF or EPUB formats.
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fkeywords ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fsubject 61 Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fcomments 2d Enter comments to help identify the document.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Ftitle 1f Enter a title for the document.
34 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2FDescriptionInfoPage 34 Contains descriptive information about the document.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Freset a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fuserdatacb 78 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fnameed 17 Displays the file name.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2FDocumentInfoPage 32 Contains basic information about the current file.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fadd 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fproperties ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2FCustomInfoPage 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2F@@nowidget@@ 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2F@@nowidget@@ 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Fprotect d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Frecordchanges 56 Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Track Changes - Record.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Freadonly 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2FSecurityInfoPage 2f Sets password options for the current document.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2F@@nowidget@@ 2f Sets password options for the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentfontspage%2FembedFonts 71 Mark this box to embed document fonts into the document file, for portability between different computer systems.
30 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentfontspage%2FDocumentFontsPage 29 Embed document fonts in the current file.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
29 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fassign 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
28 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fadmin 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
2c svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatatable 2c Select the data table for your address book.
2d svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatasource 2d Select the data source for your address book.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fcategorylb 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fname_entry 1e Enter a name for the template.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2F@@nowidget@@ 29 Saves the current document as a template.
33 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2FSaveAsTemplateDialog 29 Saves the current document as a template.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fsaveastemplatedlg%2Fdefaultcb 36 The new template will be used as the default template.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 83 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer so they fit on the paper in the printer.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 2d Specifies to print colors as black and white.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 27 Specifies to print colors as grayscale.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 3f Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 9c Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, repeat the pages or slides on one sheet of paper.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 35 Specifies whether to print the current date and time.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 37 Specifies whether to print the page name of a document.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 32 Specify how to arrange slides on the printed page.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 35 Select which parts of the document should be printed.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagemarginsb 3e Select margin between individual pages on each sheet of paper.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagecols 19 Select number of columns.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerows 16 Select number of rows.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsheetmarginsb 37 Select margin between the printed pages and paper edge.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbox 28 Print multiple pages per sheet of paper.
2b vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpageorientationbox 24 Select the orientation of the paper.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderpreview 82 Change the arrangement of pages to be printed on every sheet of paper. The preview shows how every final sheet of paper will look.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintRange%3ARadioButton%3A0 42 Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 26 Specifies to print in original colors.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderbox 2e Select order in which pages are to be printed.
1f vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fstatus 2f Shows the availability of the selected printer.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprintersbox 5e The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 42 Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box.
23 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2FrbAllPages 1b Prints the entire document.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpageedit 78 Enter the number of page to be shown in the preview in the box or use the arrow buttons to display pages in the preview.
23 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpreviewbox 2c Turn on or off display of the print preview.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpreview 83 The preview shows how each sheet of paper will look. You can browse through all sheets of paper with the buttons below the preview.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 2c Specify how to scale slides in the printout.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbtn 28 Print multiple pages per sheet of paper.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A3 29 Prints only odd numbered pages or slides.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbackward 28 🡄 Shows preview of the previous page.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fforward 24 🡆 Shows preview of the next page.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintRange%3ARadioButton%3A2 2a Prints only even numbered pages or slides.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 29 Select how many slides to print per page.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbordercb 28 Check to draw a border around each page.
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcopycount 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2FrbRangePages 42 Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 42 Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box.
1e vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsetup 6a Opens the Printer Properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A4 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2FrbEvenPages 2a Prints only even numbered pages or slides.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 2a Prints only even numbered pages or slides.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcollate 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
23 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2FrbOddPages 29 Prints only odd numbered pages or slides.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpapersizebox 79 Set the paper size you would like to use. The preview will show how the document would look on a paper of the given size.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintRange%3ARadioButton%3A1 42 Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintRange%3ARadioButton%3A3 29 Prints only odd numbered pages or slides.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerange c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsidesbox 76 If the printer is capable of duplex printing it's possible to choose between using only one side of the paper or both.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fmoreoptionsdialog%2Fsinglejobs 68 Check to not rely on the printer to create collated copies but create a print job for each copy instead.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Freverseorder 26 Check to print pages in reverse order.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Foptions af Opens the Printer Options dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Fproperties 4f Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.
24 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Fname 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
32 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2FPrinterSetupDialog 50 Select the default printer for the current document and change printing options.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 7f Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 82 Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.
d .uno%3ASendTo 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
f .uno%3ASendMail 7d Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
19 SVT_HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
28 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
29 SW_HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
13 .uno%3ANewGlobalDoc b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
b .uno%3AQuit 46 Closes all %PRODUCTNAME programs and prompts you to save your changes.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fdelete 1d Deletes the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fopen 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fversions 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fcompare 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fshow 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Falways 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
36 sfx%2Fui%2Fversioncommentdialog%2FVersionCommentDialog 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fsave a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 88 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_UNDO a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3AUndo a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_REDO 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
b .uno%3ARedo 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
d .uno%3ARepeat 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
a .uno%3ACut 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
b .uno%3ACopy 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
c .uno%3APaste 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flist 83 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste. The available format depends on the copied or cut source format.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsource 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
10 .uno%3ASelectAll 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcalcsearchin 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcols 30 Searches from top to bottom through the columns.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Frows 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fregexp 41 Allows you to search for advanced patterns using meta characters.
30 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace_backwards 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslike a5 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fselection 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flabel3 5f Shows more or fewer search options. Click this label again to hide the extended search options.
2d svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcharwidth 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceall 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 3a Finds or replaces text or formats in the current document.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslikebtn 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchlist 50 Enter the text that you want to find, or select a previous search from the list.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplacelist 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fbacksearch 6b Finds and selects the previous occurrence of the text or format that you are searching for in the document.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace 66 Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcase 66 Matches the exact character provided in the Find box without considering any alternative case matches.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fwholewords 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fallsheets 43 Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnoformat 70 Click in the Find or the Replace box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flayout c4 Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearch 67 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you are searching for in the document.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchall 89 Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents).
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Frelaxbox 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fshorterfld 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Flongerfld 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fotherfld 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilaritybtn 2a Set the options for the similarity search.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilarity 8c Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsearchattrdialog%2FSearchAttrDialog 14e Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you select the Outline attribute, then all characters formatted manually with an Outline effect are found. If you also want to find characters with an Outline effect as part of a style, then select Including styles in the Other Options section, before searching.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fformat 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
10 HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 45 Deletes the selection from the Navigator list and the master document
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fmovedown 3c Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fmoveup 3a Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.
1b HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
19 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 27 Creates and inserts a new sub-document.
11 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the Index dialog is opened.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 26 Updates the contents of the selection.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 41 Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 14 Updates all indexes.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 12 Updates all links.
13 HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 15 Updates all contents.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fsave a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
16 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 32 Changes the link properties for the selected file.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 3c Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT 90 Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FMANUAL 37 Only updates the link when you click the Update button.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FAUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FUPDATE_NOW 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FTB_LINKS 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 13b You can change or break each link to external files in the current document. You can also update the content of the current file to the most recently saved version of linked external file. This command does not apply to hyperlinks, and is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FBaseLinksDialog 13b You can change or break each link to external files in the current document. You can also update the content of the current file to the most recently saved version of linked external file. This command does not apply to hyperlinks, and is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks 13b You can change or break each link to external files in the current document. You can also update the content of the current file to the most recently saved version of linked external file. This command does not apply to hyperlinks, and is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
10 .uno%3AEditLinks 13b You can change or break each link to external files in the current document. You can also update the content of the current file to the most recently saved version of linked external file. This command does not apply to hyperlinks, and is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FBREAK_LINK 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FCHANGE_SOURCE 2d Change the source file for the selected link.
11 .uno%3ALinkDialog 13b You can change or break each link to external files in the current document. You can also update the content of the current file to the most recently saved version of linked external file. This command does not apply to hyperlinks, and is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fcategory 80 Lists the section or object that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section or object here.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Ffile 61 Path to the source file. Relative paths must be expressed by full URI, for example, with file://.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fapp 6e Lists the application that last saved the source file. %PRODUCTNAME applications have the server name soffice.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 5b Lets you edit a selected OLE object that you inserted from the Insert - OLE Object submenu.
2e cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fdefaultheight 25 Applies the default vertical spacing.
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fheight dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fwidth e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
2a cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fborderoff 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
2e cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbarauto 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fdefaultwidth 27 Applies the default horizontal spacing.
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbaroff 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
2c cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fscrollbaron 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
2d cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fbuttonbrowse 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fedname 79 Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore (_).
29 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fborderon 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2Fedurl aa Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the Browse button and locate the file that you want to display.
3a cui%2Fui%2Finsertfloatingframe%2FInsertFloatingFrameDialog a9 Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.
1c svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Ftext 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Furl 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_MACRO 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FImapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_APPLY 33 Applies the changes that you made to the image map.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_PROPERTY 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_OPEN 5b Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SELECT 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SAVEAS 53 Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_RECT bf Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text Alternative for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Fcontainer 73 don't hide the imagemap if extended tips are onDisplays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_CIRCLE bf Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text Alternative for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_ACTIVE 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLY 1c7 Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text Alternative for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_FREEPOLY 12e Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text Alternative for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYEDIT 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYMOVE 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYDELETE 22 Deletes the selected anchor point.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYINSERT 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FdescTV 24 Enter a description for the hotspot.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Fnameentry 1b Enter a name for the image.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Ftextentry 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Furlentry 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FframeCB a0 Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FIMapDialog 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 48 Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
13 .uno%3ATrackChanges 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
12 SC_HID_CHG_PROTECT 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2FShowChangesDialog 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 .uno%3AShowTrackedChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2Fedit 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2F@@nowidget@@ 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2FCommentDialog 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3ACommentChange 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
1c .uno%3ACommentChangeTracking 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinecontrol%2Ftabcontrol 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
13 SW_HID_REDLINE_CTRL 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
35 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinecontrol%2Ftabcontrol%2F@@nowidget@@ 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
1b SIDEBAR_SWMANAGECHANGESDECK 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcposition 82 Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriteraction 2f Sorts the list according to the type of change.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Facceptall 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2FRedlineViewPage 24 Accept or reject individual changes.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcaction 31 Lists the changes that were made in the document.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Freject 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
1a .uno%3ARejectTrackedChange 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
2f svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcdate 31 Lists the date and time that the change was made.
2f svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcdesc 33 Lists the comments that are attached to the change.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2Fchanges b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
2f svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcedit 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterdate 2e Sorts the list according to the date and time.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fcalcauthor 23 Lists the user who made the change.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Faccept 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
33 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterauthor 27 Sorts the list according to the author.
1a .uno%3AAcceptTrackedChange 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
31 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Fwriterdesc 4a Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Frejectall 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcommentedit 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcomment 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frange 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendtime 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2FRedlineFilterPage 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frangeedit 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
1b SVX_HID_REDLINE_CTRL_FILTER 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdatecond 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstartdate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstarttime 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthorlist 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fenddate 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fstartclock 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendclock 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthor 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 1b Deletes the current record.
3c modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Fmappingdialog%2FMappingDialog a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bf Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record's Object bar.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 46 To display all of the records in a table, click the Reset Filter icon.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 4b Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS a5 Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
13 HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 73 Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 6a Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records.
3a modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Ftoolbar%2FTBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 35 Select the data source for the bibliography database.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
11 SID_FM_DELETEROWS 1c Deletes the selected record.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2FZoomDialog 63 Opens the Zoom & View Layout dialog to let you set the zoom factor to display the current document.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Fwidth 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 63 Opens the Zoom & View Layout dialog to let you set the zoom factor to display the current document.
b .uno%3AZoom 63 Opens the Zoom & View Layout dialog to let you set the zoom factor to display the current document.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Foptimal 66 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at the moment the command is started.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2F@@nowidget@@ 63 Opens the Zoom & View Layout dialog to let you set the zoom factor to display the current document.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Foptimal 66 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at the moment the command is started.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Ffitw 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Ffitwandh 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
19 svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2F100 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
1a svx%2Fui%2Fzoommenu%2Fpage 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F100pc 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fzoomsb 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fvariable 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 20 Shows or hides the Standard bar.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 1d Shows or hides the Tools bar.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX 76 In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys Ctrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 89 Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen button or press the Esc key.
14 HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 11f To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
13 .uno%3AColorControl 8a Show or hide the Color bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility aa Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
14 .uno%3ADeleteComment 1b Delete the current comment.
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 1b Delete the current comment.
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
15 .uno%3AEditAnnotation 7b Inserts a comment around the selected text, presentation slide, drawing page or at the current spreadsheet cursor position.
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 7b Inserts a comment around the selected text, presentation slide, drawing page or at the current spreadsheet cursor position.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
17 HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 4e Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click Insert.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fsubsetlb 2c Select a Unicode block for the current font.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2F@@nowidget@@ 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2FSpecialCharactersDialog 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
d .uno%3ABullet 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Ffontlb 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
16 HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
13 HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 4b Opens a file selection dialog to insert an image into the current document.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 67 Inserts an embedded or linked object into your document, including formulas, QR codes, and OLE objects.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furled 5e Enter the name of the file that you want to link or embed, or click Search to locate the file.
2b cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatefromfile 2c Creates an OLE object from an existing file.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Ftypes 34 Select the type of document that you want to create.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatenew 42 Creates a new OLE object based on the object type that you select.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Flinktofile a2 Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.
23 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furlbtn 3d Locate the file that you want to insert, and then click Open.
29 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2F@@nowidget@@ 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
32 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2FInsertOLEObjectDialog 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
11 .uno%3AInsertMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame 87 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 56 The submenu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 2d Removes direct formatting from the selection.
11 .uno%3ASetDefault 2d Removes direct formatting from the selection.
16 .uno%3AResetAttributes 2d Removes direct formatting from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctllanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlsizelb 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlstylelb 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlfontnamelb 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2FCharNamePage 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fpositionlb 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Femphasislb 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2FEffectsPage 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinelb 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
c .uno%3AColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fshadowcb 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinelb 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
10 .uno%3AFontColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
2a cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Findividualwordscb 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinecolorlb 24 Select the color for the overlining.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Ffontcolorlb 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fstrikeoutlb 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinecolorlb 25 Select the color for the underlining.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Frelieflb e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Feffectslb 2f Select the font effects that you want to apply.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foutlinecb 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcommented 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdelete 23 Deletes the selected number format.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcategorylb 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdecimalsed 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatlb 47 Select how you want the contents of the selected field to be displayed.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcurrencylb 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fnegnumred 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fthousands 6a Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your locale settings.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fedit 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdenominatored 5e With fraction format, enter the number of places for the denominator that you want to display.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fleadzerosed 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fengineering 56 With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Flanguagelb 36 Specifies the language setting for the selected field.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatted 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fadd 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
e .uno%3ASpacing 42 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerningsb 42 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fscalewidthsb 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fpairkerning 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffontsizesb 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fraiselowersb 9e Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsubscript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnohyphenation 5e It prevents hyphenation of the selected word or words in a paragraph hyphenated automatically.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fautomatic 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnormal 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsuperscript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2FPositionPage 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fendbracket 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fstartbracket 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Ftwolines 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2F@@nowidget@@ 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2FTwoLinesPage 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckApplySpacing 38 Inserts a space between ideographic and alphabetic text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckHangPunct 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckForbidList 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2F@@nowidget@@ fb Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Languages and Locales - General in the Options dialog box, and then select the Asian box in the Default Languages for Documents area.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FAsianTypography fb Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Languages and Locales - General in the Options dialog box, and then select the Asian box in the Default Languages for Documents area.
16 .uno%3AParagraphDialog 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcomboLB_LINEDIST 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING 94 Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_BOTTOMDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTMETRIC 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_TOPDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_AUTO 80 Automatically indents a paragraph according to the font size and the line spacing. The setting in the First Line box is ignored.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_FLINEINDENT 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_RIGHTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LEFTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FParaIndentSpacing 3d Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DELALL 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FED_TABPOS fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
3c cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_NEW 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 67 Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FParagraphTabsPage 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
3a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadows 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fsync 53 Applies the same padding setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fdistancemf 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Ftopmf 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Frightmf 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fleftmf 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadowcolorlb 1e Select a color for the shadow.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinecolorlb 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinestylelb 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fbottommf 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fpresets 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2FBorderPage 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Ftextdirectionlb 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcheckCB_SNAP 67 Aligns the paragraph to a text grid. To activate the text grid, choose Format - Page Style - Text Grid.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_CENTERALIGN 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FcomboLB_VERTALIGN 85 Select an alignment option for oversized or undersized characters in the paragraph relative to the rest of the text in the paragraph.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FParaAlignPage 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheight 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheightzoom 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidthzoom 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidth 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fbottom 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Ftop 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fleft 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fright 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepsize 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepscale 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Forigsize 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2F@@nowidget@@ 5c Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2FCropPage 5c Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fdesc 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fcategory 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fname a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Flinkedwith 89 Select an existing style (or - None -) to provide its definitions to the current style. Use the other tabs to modify the inherited style.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2FManageStylePage 27 Set the options for the selected style.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckAdaptBox 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargRight 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargBot 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPaperTray ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargTop 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 5b Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonLandscape 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonPortrait 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinHeight 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinWidth 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageFormat 80 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Widthboxes.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboTextFlowBox 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FPageFormatPage 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinHeight 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
2f svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckDynSpacing 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinSpacing 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargRight 62 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right page margin and the right edge of the header.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 60 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin and the left edge of the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckAutofit 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameLR 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckHeaderOn 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonEdit 0 
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonMore 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFormatPage 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
1b SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKAUTOFIT 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
19 SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINHEIGHT 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINSPACING 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
19 SVX_HID_FOOTER_BUTTONMORE 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
1b SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINMARGLEFT 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 18 Add or edit footer text.
1c SVX_HID_FOOTER_SPINMARGRIGHT 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKSAMEFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
1a SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKSAMELR 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
12 HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 0 
1e SVX_HID_FOOTER_CHECKDYNSPACING 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckFooterOn 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FFFormatPage 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstyles 5e Opens the Styles deck of the Sidebar where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstylelb 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fadjustlb 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the ruby text.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fpositionlb 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight4ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft4ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 56 Allows you to add comments next to Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
38 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars%3FToolbar%3Astring=alignmentbar 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
16 .uno%3AObjectAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
17 .uno%3AObjectAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
e .uno%3AAlignUp ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
15 .uno%3ACommonAlignTop 40 Vertically aligns the selected text to the top of the container.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignMiddle a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
20 .uno%3ACommonAlignVerticalCenter 36 Vertically centers the selected text in the container.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
18 .uno%3ACommonAlignBottom 43 Vertically aligns the selected text to the bottom of the container.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 3e Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the container left margin.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 3f Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the container right margin.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 3f Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the surrounding container.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara d2 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right container margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 7c Combines the contents of the selected cells into a single cell, retaining the formatting of the first cell in the selection.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fvert 63 Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the Split cell into box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fprop 27 Splits cells into rows of equal height.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fhori 60 Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the Split cell into box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fcountnf 55 Enter the number of rows or columns that you want to split the selected cell(s) into.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 94 Displays the Split Cells Dialog where the split can be defined as either horizontally or vertically and the number the each cell will be split into.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2FSplitCellsDialog 94 Displays the Split Cells Dialog where the split can be defined as either horizontally or vertically and the number the each cell will be split into.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 94 Displays the Split Cells Dialog where the split can be defined as either horizontally or vertically and the number the each cell will be split into.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 44 Centers the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
d .uno%3AItalic a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 30 Underlines the selected text with a single line.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 5f Adjust the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
10 .uno%3ASubScript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
12 .uno%3ALineSpacing 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 52 Adjust the width of selected table columns so that each column has the same width.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2Fstylename 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fobjectnamedialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fobjectnamedialog%2FObjectNameDialog 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
1b SD_HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fdesc_entry 9d Enter a longer description of the object, especially if the object is too complex or contains too much detail to be described adequately with the short Text.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fobject_title_entry ab Enter a short description of the essential details of the selected object for a person who cannot see the object. This text is available for use by assistive technologies.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ de Assigns a text and an alt text to the selected object. These texts are available as alternative tags in your document for use by accessibility tools. They are also available as tags for images when you export the document.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2FObjectTitleDescDialog de Assigns a text and an alt text to the selected object. These texts are available as alternative tags in your document for use by accessibility tools. They are also available as tags for images when you export the document.
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription de Assigns a text and an alt text to the selected object. These texts are available as alternative tags in your document for use by accessibility tools. They are also available as tags for images when you export the document.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_CAP_STYLE 52 Select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as well.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_EDGE_STYLE 91 Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_END 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLineTabPage 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH a5 Select the thickness for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line thickness results in a hairline with a thickness of one pixel of the output medium.
11 .uno%3AXLineStyle 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
11 .uno%3AXLineColor 1c Select a color for the line.
21 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_COLOR 1c Select a color for the line.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCB_SYMBOL_RATIO 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
2a cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_LINE_STYLE 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
10 .uno%3ALineWidth a5 Select the thickness for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line thickness results in a hairline with a thickness of one pixel of the output medium.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_END_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1e Imports a list of line styles.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_ADD 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_2 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_2 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_LINESTYLES 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 1d Enter the length of the dash.
c HID_LINE_DEF 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_ADD 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLB_LINEENDS 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FEDT_NAME 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLineEndPage 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnhatch 3f Fills the object with a hatching pattern selected on this page.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtngradient 37 Fills the object with a gradient selected on this page.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnnone 20 Do not fill the selected object.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FAreaTabPage 49 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object or document element.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortomtr 76 Enter the intensity for the color in the To Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfrommtr 78 Enter the intensity for the color in the From Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfromlb 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fbordermtr a2 Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortolb 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterymtr ce Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fanglemtr 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fadd 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterxmtr d2 Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradienttypelb 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fmodify 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2FGradientPage 4f Select a gradient, modify the properties of a gradient, or save a new gradient.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinecolorlb 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinetypelb 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglemtr 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdistancemtr 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fmodify 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fadd 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2FHatchPage 49 Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save a new hatching pattern.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fimagetabpage%2FBTN_IMPORT 7d Locate the image that you want to import, and then click Open. The image is added to the end of the list of available images.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fimagetabpage%2FImageTabPage 54 Select an image that you want to use as a fill image, or add your own image pattern.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FLB_SHADOW_COLOR 1e Select a color for the shadow.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FTSB_SHOW_SHADOW 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshadowtabpage%2FShadowTabPage 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
35 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_BORDER 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
37 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FLB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_GRADIENT 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_LINEAR 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_OFF 1d Turns off color transparency.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 50 Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRANSPARENT 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
34 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FTransparencyTabPage 50 Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpatterntabpage%2FLB_BACKGROUND_COLOR 30 Set the color of the deactivated pattern pixels.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpatterntabpage%2FLB_COLOR 2e Set the color of the activated pattern pixels.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpatterntabpage%2FCTL_PIXEL 71 Draw the pattern in the 8 x 8 pixel board. Click on a pattern pixel to activate it, click again to deactivate it.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpatterntabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 7d Applies the current pattern properties to the selected pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpatterntabpage%2FBTN_ADD 6f Adds a custom  pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your pattern, and then click this button.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2Fbtnpattern 47 Fills the object with a simple two color pattern selected on this page.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 36 Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 7a Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_TOP 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RIGHT 79 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LEFT 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE 56 Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT 59 Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_CONTOUR 54 Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 46 Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FULL_WIDTH 48 Anchors the text to the full width of the drawing object or text object.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTextAttributesPage 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FPositionAndSize 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_SIZERECT 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_POSPROTECT 41 Prevents changes to the position and size of the selected object.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2FSwPosSizePage 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fswpossizepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpositionsizedialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 4f Enter the horizontal coordinate where the selected base point should be placed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 27 Enter a height for the selected object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 4e Enter the vertical  coordinate where the selected base point should be placed.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_WIDTH 26 Enter a width for the selected object.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_POSRECT 51 The selected base point will be moved to the specified Position Y and Position X.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_SIZEPROTECT 26 Prevents you from resizing the object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCBX_SCALE 61 Maintains the width and height ratio when changing the width or height setting in the dialog box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_ANGLE 3f Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FNF_ANGLE 48 Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_RECT 2e Click where you want to place the pivot point.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 4d Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 50 Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FRotation 1c Rotates the selected object.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_ANGLE 22 Enter the angle of the slant axis.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RADIUS 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FSlantAndCornerRadius 4a Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Foptimal 3d Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Flength 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fposition 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fspacing 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fvalueset 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
11 .uno%3AMirrorMenu 36 Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
1b .uno%3AObjectMirrorVertical 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
11 .uno%3AMirrorHorz 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
12 .uno%3AArrangeMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
17 .uno%3AArrangeFrameMenu 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
e .uno%3AForward 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
f .uno%3ABackward 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 30 Shows anchoring options for the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 4a Anchors the selected object so that it always remains on the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 35 Anchors the selected object to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected object to a surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar e5 Anchors the selected object as a character in the current text. The height of the current line of text is extended, if the object is above (and/or below) the border for the highest character or object in the current line of text.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancey 96 Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow, or the size of the shadow in percent values of the character size.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fnoshadow 38 Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.
f .uno%3AFontWork 45 Simple tool for putting text along a curve without any fancy effects.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Ftextcontour 44 Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Foff 1c Removes baseline formatting.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcolor 23 Select a color for the text shadow.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslant a2 Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistance 75 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Frotate 4c Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcenter 26 Centers the text on the text baseline.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcontour 46 Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvert 34 Vertically slants the characters in the text object.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fhori 36 Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Forientation 9c Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fleft 35 Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fupright 97 Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fright 36 Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fautosize 38 Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancex 84 Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow or the angle of the shadow slant from vertical.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvertical 9c Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Findent 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DELAY 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FLB_EFFECT 8f Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect.
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_START_INSIDE 49 Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 3b Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_LEFT 20 Scrolls text from right to left.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_STOP_INSIDE 31 Text remains visible after the effect is applied.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_RIGHT 20 Scrolls text from left to right.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_ENDLESS 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_DOWN 20 Scrolls text from top to bottom.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_AUTO c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_UP 20 Scrolls text from bottom to top.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTextAnimation 44 Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FNUM_FLD_COUNT 47 Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_PIXEL 23 Measures increment value in pixels.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextcolumnstabpage%2FTextColumnsPage 38 Adds columns to the text in the selected drawing object.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthemetabpage%2FThemePage 28 Adds colors to the selected master page.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fdefault c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fvalue 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2FRowHeightDialog 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2FColWidthDialog 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckShrinkFitCellSize aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckHyphActive 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckWrapTextAuto 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckAsianMode 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 4a Aligns the contents of the cell to the left and to the right cell borders.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxHorzAlign 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 2c Aligns the contents of the cell to the left.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinIndentFrom 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FCellAlignPage 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxVertAlign 33 Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 2d Aligns the contents of the cell to the right.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckVertStack 17 Aligns text vertically.
13 .uno%3AAlignVCenter 2f Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.
f .uno%3AAlignTop 3e Aligns the contents of the cell to the upper edge of the cell.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Fdialcontrol 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinDegrees 4c Enter the rotation angle from 0 to 360 for the text in the selected cell(s).
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Freferences 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
17 HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 1c Formats the selected row(s).
18 HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 1f Formats the selected column(s).
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fperspective 32 Click here to turn the perspective view on or off.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fupdate 3d Use this icon to convert a selected 2D object to a 3D object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fto3d 3d Use this icon to convert a selected 2D object to a 3D object.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fassign 3d Use this icon to convert a selected 2D object to a 3D object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftolathe 43 Click here to convert a selected 2D object to a 3D rotation object.
f .uno%3AWindow3D 5f Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document or converts a 2D object to 3D.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesided 60 Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
2e svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesidedillum 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fflat 23 Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fveri 4f Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Finvertnormals 19 Inverts the light source.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fhori 52 Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspherical 1c Renders a smooth 3D surface.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdepth 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjspecific 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fangle 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fscaleddepth 67 Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdiagonal 52 Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fgeometry 108 Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffocal 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdistance 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fslant 3b Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fshadow 35 Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmode 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Frepresentation 3f Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flightcolor1 2c Select a color for the current light source.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fambientcolor 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight8 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexfilter 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallely 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcircley 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjy 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcirclex 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexmodulate 79 Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallelx 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexreplace 24 Applies the texture without shading.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcolor 1e Converts the texture to color.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjx 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftextype 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexture 11f Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fillumcolor 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspeccolor 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjcolor 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffavorites 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fintensity 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmaterial 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
1b .uno%3ADistributeVertCenter 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
18 .uno%3ADistributeVertTop 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1d .uno%3ADistributeVertDistance 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1a .uno%3ADistributeHorzRight 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1d .uno%3ADistributeHorzDistance 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1b .uno%3ADistributeHorzCenter 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
19 .uno%3ADistributeHorzLeft 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1b .uno%3ADistributeVertBottom 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Foptions 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fcheckgrammar 48 Enable to work first on all spelling errors, then on all grammar errors.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fundo 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fautocorrect 48 Enable to work first on all spelling errors, then on all grammar errors.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchangeall 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchange 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
1f .uno%3ASpellingAndGrammarDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FSpellDialogD 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignorerule 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsuggestionslb 82 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2FSpellingDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsentence 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignore 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignoreall 7e Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Flanguagelb 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fadd 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Feditterms 51 Opens the Edit Dictionary dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Fcommonterms a3 Converts words with two or more characters that are in the list of common terms. After the list is scanned, the remaining text is converted character by character.
32 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Ftotraditional b3 Converts simplified Chinese text characters to traditional Chinese text characters. Click OK to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.
31 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2Ftosimplified b3 Converts traditional Chinese text characters to simplified Chinese text characters. Click OK to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.
31 svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
3c svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2FChineseConversionDialog 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fmodify 2e Saves the modified entry to the database file.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fdelete 3c Removes the selected user-defined entry from the dictionary.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fproperty 27 Defines the class of the selected term.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fadd 77 Adds the term to the conversion dictionary. If the term is already in the dictionary, the new term receives precedence.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fmapping 36 Enter the text that you want to replace the Term with.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fterm 3e Enter the text that you want to replace with the Mapping term.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Freverse 62 Automatically adds the reverse mapping direction to the list for each modification that you enter.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Fsimpletotrad 33 Converts simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2Ftradtosimple 33 Converts traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese.
36 svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2FChineseDictionaryDialog 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2F@@nowidget@@ 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Flangcb 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Freplaceed af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Falternatives c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fleft 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fwordcb b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx5 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor2 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor1 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol3 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 5f Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor4 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx3 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol1 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor5 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
34 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2FDockingColorReplace 5f Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fpipette 8d Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftoolgrid a5 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Freplace 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx1 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor3 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx2 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2F@@nowidget@@ 5f Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol2 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx4 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 af Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2Fedit 29 Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2FApplyAutoFmtPage 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
20 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnew 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnewtext f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftextonly 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Forigtext 52 Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftabview 13b Lists the entries for automatically replacing words, abbreviations or word parts while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
2c cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2FAcorReplacePage 6e Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautodouble b0 Adds autocorrected abbreviations or autocorrected words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions, if the autocorrection is immediately undone
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewdouble 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdoublelist d5 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals or small initial that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters or small initial are listed in the field.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdouble 116 Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters or a small initial that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc. Enter eBook to prevent an automatic change to Ebook.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrevlist 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrev d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Flang 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
2a cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2FAcorExceptPage 6d Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultsingle 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fenddouble 9d Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fendsingle 9d Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartdouble 9d Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartsingle 9d Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoublereplace 83 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for the given type of quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fsinglereplace 83 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for the given type of quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultdouble 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fchecklist 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
24 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Flist 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
2c cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 72 Specify the AutoCorrect options for quotation marks and for options that are specific to the language of the text.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2FApplyLocalizedPage 72 Specify the AutoCorrect options for quotation marks and for options that are specific to the language of the text.
17 HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
17 HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fignoreall 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
12 HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR ad To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
28 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fadd 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fspellmenu%2Fspelldialog 1a Opens the Spelling dialog.
11 HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fentries ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
26 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fdelete 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fmaxentries 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fminwordlen 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Facceptwith 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fwhenclosing f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fcollectwords 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fshowastip 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fappendspace 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fenablewordcomplete 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fproperties 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fmain 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2F@@nowidget@@ 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2FSmartTagOptionsPage 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
14 .uno%3AOutlineBullet 83 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph or to selected paragraphs, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
20 .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDialog 83 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph or to selected paragraphs, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fbulletandposition%2F@@nowidget@@ 83 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph or to selected paragraphs, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fbulletandposition%2FBulletAndPosition 83 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph or to selected paragraphs, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2Fvalueset 2b Click the bullet type that you want to use.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 3d Displays different bullet types that you can apply to a list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2FPickBulletPage 3d Displays different bullet types that you can apply to a list.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2Fvalueset 29 Click the numbering that you want to use.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 38 Displays different numbering schemes that you can apply.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2FPickNumberingPage 38 Displays different numbering schemes that you can apply.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2Fvalueset 2e Click the outline format that you want to use.
11 .uno%3ASetOutline 8f Displays the different formats that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 8f Displays the different formats that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2FPickOutlinePage 8f Displays the different formats that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 51 Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in an unordered list.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Fvalueset 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2FPickGraphicPage 51 Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in an unordered list.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbitmap 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fkeepratio 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Frelsize 7b Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fcolor 30 Select a color for the current numbering scheme.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsuffix a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create an ordered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fprefix 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fstartat 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Forientlb 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fheightmf 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fnumfmtlb 32 Select a numbering scheme for the selected levels.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fwidthmf 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Flevellb 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fstandard 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentatmf 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fatmf 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Falignedatmf 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumfollowedbylb 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 74 Opens the Macro Organizer dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewmodule 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
37 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewlibrary 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
31 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fassign 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fok 20 Runs or saves the current macro.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Flibraries a5 Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fdelete 5b Creates a new macro, creates a new module or deletes the selected macro or selected module.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacros 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
3a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacronameedit 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
11 .uno%3AMacrosMenu 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fedit 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 1c Enter a name for the script.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Frename 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fcreate 15 Creates a new script.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Fdelete 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2Frun 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fscriptorganizer%2FScriptOrganizerDialog 91 Select a macro or script from My Macros, Application Macros, or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FconfirmpassEntry 32 Reenter the new password for the selected library.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FnewpassEntry 2e Enter a new password for the selected library.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FoldpassEntry 34 Enter the current password for the selected library.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FPasswordDialog 2e Protects the selected library with a password.
41 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=Python 30 Opens a dialog where you can run Python scripts.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 33 Opens a dialog where you can organize Java scripts.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 39 Opens a dialog where you can organize Javascript scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 2b Enter a name for the new library or module.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fpassword 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
28 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fedit 51 Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library.
27 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fnew 16 Creates a new library.
2d modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fdelete 57 Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fimport 66 Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flibrary 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fnewdialog 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fnewmodule 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fedit 30 Opens the selected module or dialog for editing.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Flibrary 26 Lists the existing modules or dialogs.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flocation 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 28 Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Freplace 43 Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library.
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Fref 68 Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME.
3b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2FImportLibDialog 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 68 Customizes $[officename] menus, context menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdefaultsbtn 31 Deletes all changes previously made to this menu.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FMenuAssignPage 36 Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fup 83 Click on the Up or Down arrows on the right to move the selected command upward or downward in the list of displayed menu commands.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FsearchEntry 40 Enter a string in the text box to narrow the search of commands.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fadd 9e Click on the right arrow button to select a command on the left display box and copy to the right display box. This will add the command to the selected menu.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fcommandcategorylist ad Select the menu command category in the drop-down list to restrict the search of commands or scroll the list below. Macros and styles commands are in the bottom of the list.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fsavein f4 Select the location where the menu is to be attached. If attached to a %PRODUCTNAME module, the menu is available for all files opened in that module. If attached to the file, the menu will be available only when that file is opened and active.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevellist 39 Select the menu where the customization is to be applied.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fplusbtn 42 Click on the hamburger icon and then choose Add to add a new menu.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdown 83 Click on the Up or Down arrows on the right to move the selected command upward or downward in the list of displayed menu commands.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fremove 9e Click on the right arrow button to select a command on the left display box and copy to the right display box. This will add the command to the selected menu.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdesc 42 The text box contains a short description of the selected command.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ffunctions 61 Displays the results of the combination of the search string and category of the desired command.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fminusbtn 46 Click on the hamburger icon and then choose Delete to delete the menu.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2Fmenuname 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2F@@nowidget@@ 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2FMoveMenuDialog 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fsave 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fchange 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fload 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fmodule 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Foffice 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fkeys 46 Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Ffunction 37 Lists functions that can be assigned to a shortcut key.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fcategory 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
26 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fshortcuts 76 Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. When inside this panel, use a shortcut key to quickly jump to it.
2c cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2FAccelConfigPage 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FMenuAssignPage 3e Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME context menus for all modules.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_CONFIG_TOOLBAR 2a Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FdeleteButton 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FimportButton 96 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see the Open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 96 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see the Open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FIconSelector 96 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see the Open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fdelete 41 Deletes the macro or component assignment for the selected event.
2e cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2FEventsConfigPage 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
32 %20cui%2Fui%2Fassigncomponentdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 41 Deletes the macro or component assignment for the selected event.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassigndialog%2FMacroAssignDialog 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassigndialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fdelete 41 Deletes the macro or component assignment for the selected event.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fsavein 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fassignments b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fmacro 48 Opens the Macro Selector dialog to assign a macro to the selected event.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2FMacroAssignPage 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feventsconfigpage%2Fevents b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
1e CUI_HID_MACRO_HEADERTABLISTBOX b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2Fassign 48 Opens the Macro Selector dialog to assign a macro to the selected event.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fhelp 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fopen 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fsave 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
28 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fdelete 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fedit 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ftest 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fnew 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ffilterlist 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fdescription 1b Enter a comment (optional).
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fextension 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
35 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Finterfacename 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Ffiltername 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
34 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2F@@nowidget@@ 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
3f filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2FXmlFilterTabPageGeneral 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltexport 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowsetemp 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Ftempimport 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
3b filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowseexport 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fdoc 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltimport 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
3b filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowseimport 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
3b filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2F@@nowidget@@ 31 Enter or edit file information for an XML filter.
4d filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2FXmlFilterTabPageTransformation 31 Enter or edit file information for an XML filter.
2c filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Frecentfilename 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
2a filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Fimportbrowse 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
30 filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Fimportxslttemplate 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
2d filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Fcurrentdocument d9 The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
2c filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Fimportxsltfile 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
2a filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Fexportbrowse a0 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation.
2b filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Fdisplaysource 59 Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing.
2c filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Fexportxsltfile 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
28 filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Frecentfile 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
2d filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2Fcurrentfilename 54 Displays the file name of the document that you want to use to test the XSLT filter.
2a filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2F@@nowidget@@ 3b Tests the XSLT stylesheets used by the selected XML filter.
31 filter%2Fui%2Ftestxmlfilter%2FTestXMLFilterDialog 3b Tests the XSLT stylesheets used by the selected XML filter.
1c HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 37 Validates the contents of the XML Filter output window.
1c HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Freplacebychar 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Freplaceall aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fignoreall 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fignore 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fhanjaonly 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fhangulonly 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Freplace 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
44 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2FHangulHanjaConversionDialog 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_GRID 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fhangulbracket 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fhanja_below 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Foriginalword 1f Displays the current selection.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fhanja_above 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fwordinput 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Ffind 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
22 CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_LIST 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fhangul_below 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
39 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fsimpleconversion 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fhanjabracket 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Foptions 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaconversiondialog%2Fhangul_above 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fignorepost 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdelete 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fedit 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fshowrecentfirst 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2Fentry 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fnew 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fautoreplaceunique 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2FHangulHanjaAddDialog ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fnew 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fedit1 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Foriginal 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fdelete 1b Deletes the selected entry.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fbook 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2Fedit_email 83 Enter the email of the signer. The email is not displayed in the signature line graphic box, but is used for the digital signature.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2Fedit_title 58 Enter the title of the signer. The title is displayed in the signature line graphic box.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2Fedit_instructions 7d Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialog box, at the time of signature.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2Fcheckbox_show_sign_date 6b Mark this checkbox to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2Fedit_name 57 Insert the name of the signer. The name is displayed in the signature line graphic box.
1a .uno%3AInsertSignatureLine 57 Insert the name of the signer. The name is displayed in the signature line graphic box.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2Fcheckbox_can_add_comments 58 Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialog at time of signature.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2F@@nowidget@@ 57 Insert the name of the signer. The name is displayed in the signature line graphic box.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2FSignatureLineDialog 57 Insert the name of the signer. The name is displayed in the signature line graphic box.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 48 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fadd 48 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fadd 48 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
17 SC_HID_SC_REN_AFMT_NAME 2a Enter the new name of the AutoFormat here.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fformatlb 48 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fformatlb 48 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2F@@nowidget@@ 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected table area or to define your own AutoFormats.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Frename 48 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2FAutoFormatTableDialog 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected table area or to define your own AutoFormats.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2F@@nowidget@@ 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected table area or to define your own AutoFormats.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2FAutoFormatTableDialog 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected table area or to define your own AutoFormats.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Falignmentcb 32 Includes alignment settings in the selected style.
11 .uno%3AAutoFormat 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected table area or to define your own AutoFormats.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcertdialog%2FCertDialog%2Fadd 66 Opens the Select Path dialog to add a new Network Security Services Certificate directory to the list.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcertdialog%2FCertDialog%2Fliststore1 60 Shows the list of Network Security Services Certificate directory to use for digital signatures.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcertdialog%2FCertDialog 68 Select or add the correct Network Security Services Certificate directory to use for digital signatures.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseRotateCase 66 Cycles the case of the selected characters between Title Case, Sentence case, UPPERCASE and lowercase.
48 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuHome-ChangeCaseToSentenceCase 4e Changes the first letter of the selected characters to an uppercase character.
47 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuHome-ChangeCaseToSentenceCase3 4e Changes the first letter of the selected characters to an uppercase character.
49 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuHome-ChangeCaseToSentenceCase 4e Changes the first letter of the selected characters to an uppercase character.
47 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuHome-ChangeCaseToSentenceCase1 4e Changes the first letter of the selected characters to an uppercase character.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 4e Changes the first letter of the selected characters to an uppercase character.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 4e Changes the first letter of the selected characters to an uppercase character.
45 modules%2Fsdraw%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuHome-ChangeCaseToToggleCase1 28 Toggles case of all selected characters.
47 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuHome-ChangeCaseToToggleCase 28 Toggles case of all selected characters.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuHome-ChangeCaseToToggleCase 28 Toggles case of all selected characters.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 28 Toggles case of all selected characters.
44 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuHome-ChangeCaseToToggleCase 28 Toggles case of all selected characters.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 28 Toggles case of all selected characters.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fremove 68 Removes the selected signature from the list. Removes all subsequent signatures as well, in case of PDF.
32 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fsignatures 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fsign 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2Fview 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
3f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2FDigitalSignaturesDialog 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
34 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fdigitalsignaturesdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
f .uno%3ADrawText e1 Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
25 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FINSTALL 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
31 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdateinstalldialog%2F@@nowidget@@ ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extensions dialog to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdateinstalldialog%2FUpdateInstallDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extensions dialog to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2F@@nowidget@@ ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extensions dialog to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FDESCRIPTIONS 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUpdateDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extensions dialog to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
f .uno%3AInsertWJ b5 Inserts an invisible space within a word to indicate that a line break is not allowed between the adjacent characters. The inserted character, which has no width, is Unicode U+2060.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP b7 Inserts an invisible space within a word that indicates a word or line break opportunity, even though no space is shown. The inserted character, which has no width, is Unicode U+200B.
1f .uno%3AInsertNarrowNobreakSpace b7 Inserts an invisible space within a word that indicates a word or line break opportunity, even though no space is shown. The inserted character, which has no width, is Unicode U+200B.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 89 Inserts an invisible optional hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 6a Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks like no-break space, soft hyphen, and zero-width space.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ffontfeaturesdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 3b Select and apply font typographical features to characters.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ffontfeaturesdialog%2FFontFeaturesDialog 3b Select and apply font typographical features to characters.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
18 SVX_HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
16 SVX_HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
19 SVX_HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
13 SIDEBAR_GALLERYDECK 70 Opens the Gallery deck of the Sidebar, where you can select images and audio clips to insert into your document.
e .uno%3AGallery 70 Opens the Gallery deck of the Sidebar, where you can select images and audio clips to insert into your document.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fimage 28 Displays a preview of the selected file.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fpreview 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Faddall 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fadd 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffindfiles 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiles 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiletype 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
b .uno%3AGrow 2d Increases the font size of the selected text.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 74 Toggle the visibility of grid points and guide lines to help object moving and precise position in the current page.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 2e Specifies the display options for snap guides.
2f svx%2Fui%2Fcompressgraphicdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 59 Compress the selected image to reduce its data size and resize the image in the document.
38 svx%2Fui%2Fcompressgraphicdialog%2FCompressGraphicDialog 59 Compress the selected image to reduce its data size and resize the image in the document.
16 .uno%3ACompressGraphic 59 Compress the selected image to reduce its data size and resize the image in the document.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 4e Inserts a chart based on data from a cell or table range or with default data.
1f AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_ZOOMLISTBOX 27 Adjusts the size of the movie playback.
24 AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_TOOLBOXITEM_MUTE 17 Turns sound off and on.
24 AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_TOOLBOXITEM_LOOP 1a Plays the file repeatedly.
20 AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_VOLUMESLIDER 13 Adjusts the volume.
24 AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_TOOLBOXITEM_STOP 27 Stops the playback of the current file.
25 AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_TOOLBOXITEM_PAUSE 33 Pauses or resumes the playback of the current file.
26 AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_TOOLBOXITEM_INSERT 59 Inserts the current movie file or sound file as a media object into the current document.
24 AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_TOOLBOXITEM_OPEN 3c Opens a movie file or a sound file that you want to preview.
24 AVMEDIA_HID_AVMEDIA_TOOLBOXITEM_PLAY 17 Plays the current file.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
25 vnd.sun.star.findbar%3AFocusToFindbar 5f Toggle the visibility of the Find toolbar to search for text or navigate a document by element.
e .uno%3ASidebar a9 The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, media gallery and more features.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or audio file into your document.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameobjectdialog%2Fok 2a Enter the new name of the selected object.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameobjectdialog%2Fcancel 2a Enter the new name of the selected object.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameobjectdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 2a Enter the new name of the selected object.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameobjectdialog%2FRenameObjectDialog 2a Enter the new name of the selected object.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameobjectdialog%2Fentry 2a Enter the new name of the selected object.
41 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Frenameobjectdialog%2Fdialog-action_area1 2a Enter the new name of the selected object.
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftoolbarmodedialog%2Fdialog-action_area d8 The notebook bar shows a different way to organize controls and icons than a collection of straight rows of icons, displaying contextual groups of commands and contents for a quicker usage and better user experience.
14 .uno%3AToolbarModeUI d8 The notebook bar shows a different way to organize controls and icons than a collection of straight rows of icons, displaying contextual groups of commands and contents for a quicker usage and better user experience.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 1c Continues a paused download.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 1f Installs the downloaded update.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
2c DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_ENABLE 44 Select the extension that you want to enable, and then click Enable.
2b desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fremovebtn 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
34 desktop%2Fui%2Fshowlicensedialog%2FShowLicenseDialog 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 46 Select the extension that you want to disable, and then click Disable.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Faddbtn 1e Click Add to add an extension.
26 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fuser 42 Filter extensions only available for the currently logged in user.
2c desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Foptionsbtn 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
2c desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fextensions 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fshared 3b Filter extensions available for all users of this computer.
29 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fbundled a9 Bundled extensions are installed by the system administrator using the operating system specific installer packages. These can not be installed, updated or removed here.
2b desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fupdatebtn de Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately.
2f desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2Fgetextensions 33 You can find a collection of extensions on the Web.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fextensionmanager%2FExtensionManagerDialog 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm2ed 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm1ed 16 Re-enter the password.
27 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
22 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FnewpassEntry 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fexpander 38 Click to show or hide the file sharing password options.
13 SC_HID_PASSWD_TABLE 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fpass2ed 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fpass1ed 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2F@@nowidget@@ 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
26 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FconfirmpassEntry 16 Re-enter the password.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FPasswordDialog 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
22 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2F@@nowidget@@ 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2F@@nowidget@@ 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 1d Re-enter the master password.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 55 Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.
39 uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2FSetMasterPasswordDialog 43 Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password.
2e uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2F@@nowidget@@ 43 Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password.
15 .uno%3APasteOnlyValue 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
14 .uno%3APasteOnlyText 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
17 .uno%3APasteOnlyFormula 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
10 .uno%3APasteOnly 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
17 .uno%3APasteSpecialMenu 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
17 .uno%3APasteUnformatted 35 Paste only the text contents, without any formatting.
17 .uno%3APasteNestedTable a8 Paste clipboard content (including native tables or tables copied from Calc or other spreadsheets) as nested tables in empty cells and at cell starting cursor position.
16 .uno%3APasteRowsBefore 80 Insert clipboard table data in a table as new rows instead of overwriting the content of the original cells of the target table.
19 .uno%3APasteColumnsBefore 8a Insert clipboard table data in a table as new columns before instead of overwriting the content of the original cells of the target table.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fsafemodedialog%2F@@nowidget@@ b0 Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fsafemodedialog%2FSafeModeDialog b0 Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance.
f .uno%3ASafeMode b0 Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexport 27 Exports the current file in PDF format.
12 .uno%3AExportToPDF 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcontact 13d These three fields allow you to optionally enter additional information about the digital signature that will be applied to the PDF (Where, by whom and why it was made). It will be embedded in the appropriate PDF fields and will be visible to anyone viewing the PDF. Each or all of the three fields may be left blank.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Flocation 13d These three fields allow you to optionally enter additional information about the digital signature that will be applied to the PDF (Where, by whom and why it was made). It will be embedded in the appropriate PDF fields and will be visible to anyone viewing the PDF. Each or all of the three fields may be left blank.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpassword 60 Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fselect 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Freason 13d These three fields allow you to optionally enter additional information about the digital signature that will be applied to the PDF (Where, by whom and why it was made). It will be embedded in the appropriate PDF fields and will be visible to anyone viewing the PDF. Each or all of the three fields may be left blank.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcert 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpdfsignpage 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fsinglepagesheets 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fhiddenpages 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fonlynotes 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fnotes 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcommentsinmargin 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Femptypages 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcomments 4a Select to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF annotations.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fbookmarks 43 Select to export all headings in Writer documents as PDF bookmarks.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fallowdups 9c Allows you to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fformat 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fforms 60 Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Frange 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fselection 1e Exports the current selection.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fjpegcompress c5 Select a JPEG compression level. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels are lost and artifacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fquality 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fall 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fusereferencexobject 20d This option affects how PDF images are exported back to PDF. When this option is disabled, then the first page of the PDF data is included in the output. The PDF export merges the used images, fonts and other resources during export. This is a complex operation, but the result can be viewed in various viewers. When the option is enabled, then the reference XObject markup is used: this is a simple operation, but viewers have to support this markup to show vector images. Otherwise a fallback bitmap is shown in the viewer.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fembed 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Freduceresolution 50 Select to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fresolution 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Flosslesscompress 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpdfa 13e Converts to the PDF/A-1b, PDF/A-2b, or PDF/A-3b format. All fonts used in the source document are embedded in the generated PDF file, and PDF tags are written. The primary purpose is to create an electronic document whose appearance is device and application independent, making it suitable for long term preservation.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fexportplaceholders 4a Select to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF annotations.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpages 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Ftagged 46 Select to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontlayout 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fsinglelayout 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2FPdfViewPage 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Foutline 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpageonly 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwidth 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontfacinglayout 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpage 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwin 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffirstonleft 103 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Languages and Locales - General in the Options dialog box.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitdefault b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fthumbs 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitvis 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fdefaultlayout 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopeninternet 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopenpdf c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fdefault 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexporturl 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fconvert d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2F@@nowidget@@ 100 Enable the checkbox to export bookmarks in your document as named destinations in the PDF document. The destinations correspond to the location of your bookmarks. Use these destinations to create URL links that point to these locations in the PDF document.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2FPdfLinksPage 100 Enable the checkbox to export bookmarks in your document as named destinations in the PDF document. The destinations correspond to the location of your bookmarks. Use these destinations to create URL links that point to these locations in the PDF document.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeform 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangenone 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprinthigh 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablecopy 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintlow 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablea11y 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeany 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangecomment 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeinsdel 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintnone 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fsetpassword 35 Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2F@@nowidget@@ 35 Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2FPdfSecurityPage 35 Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
34 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblebookmark 57 Select to show bookmarks down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Feffects 4c Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fwindow 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Ftoolbar 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fdisplay 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fopen 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblelevel 57 Select to show bookmarks down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fmenubar 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fcenter 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fallbookmarks 52 Select to show all outline levels as bookmarks when the reader opens the PDF file.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fresize 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2FPdfUserInterfacePage 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a5 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an email sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
1f uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fok 25 Allows macros in the document to run.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FalwaysTrustCheckbutton 3d Adds the current macro source to the list of trusted sources.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FviewSignsButton 30 Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FMacroWarnMedium 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
23 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fcancel 2d Does not allow macros in the document to run.
29 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2F@@nowidget@@ 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fdescription 21 Type a purpose for the signature.
30 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fviewcert 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
32 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2Fsignatures 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
3f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2FSelectCertificateDialog 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
34 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fselectcertificatedialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
1c .uno%3ASetOptimalColumnWidth 8a Adjust column width for selected columns to fit the column’s content, without changing the width of the table or the unselected columns.
13 .uno%3ACommandPopup 58 Allows to search and execute all commands available in application menus by their names.
d .uno%3AShrink 2b Reduces the font size of the selected text.
13 .uno%3ASpacePara115 3d Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to 1.15 lines.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsignsignatureline%2Fedit_comment 6b Enter comments about the signature. The comments are displayed in the Description field of the certificate.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsignsignatureline%2Flabel_hint_text 63 This area displays the instructions entered by the document creator when adding the signature line.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fsignsignatureline%2Fbtn_select_certificate af Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialog box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fsignsignatureline%2Fedit_name 6a Enter your name as signer of the document. Your name will be inserted above the signature horizontal line.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2F@@nowidget@@ 6a Enter your name as signer of the document. Your name will be inserted above the signature horizontal line.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fsignatureline%2FSignSignatureLineDialog 6a Enter your name as signer of the document. Your name will be inserted above the signature horizontal line.
21 SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE 96 The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window.
1b .uno%3AStyleUpdateByExample 96 The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
24 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesedit 39 Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesadd 30 Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
28 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesdetails 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
1f svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Ftoolbar 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsremove 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2F@@nowidget@@ 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsbutton 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesremove 42 Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsedit 21 Renames the selected Xform model.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstances 3a This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2F@@nowidget@@ 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2FDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelslist 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsadd 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
20 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fname f Enter the name.
22 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fmodify d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
2c svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculatecond 58 The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can enter the calculation.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculate 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 48 Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequired 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fname 1b Enter the name of the item.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fdatatype 2b Select the data type for the selected item.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevantcond 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter a default value for the selected item.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraint 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevant 1e Declares the item as relevant.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraintcond 63 The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can specify the constraint condition.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2FAddDataItemDialog 48 Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonlycond 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequiredcond 73 The Condition button opens the Add Condition dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonly 1f Declares the item as read-only.
24 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fedit 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
26 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fresult 21 Displays a preview of the result.
29 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fcondition 12 Enter a condition.
32 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2FAddConditionDialog 5b Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
2c svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 5b Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fdelete 1f Deletes the selected namespace.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fedit 1d Edits the selected namespace.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fadd 21 Adds a new namespace to the list.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fnamespaces 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 7a Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 124 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elsewhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_LENGTH 38 Specifies the minimum number of characters for a string.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION e7 Enter the DOM node what's a DOM node? spec doesn't tellto bind the control model towhat's a control model? spec doesn't tell. may be a typo in spec: control's model?. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES fa Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are "Preserve", "Replace", and "Collapse". The semantics follow the definition at https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 68 Click the Print File Directly icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 74 Click to open or close the Drawing bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 176 Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with horizontal text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand.
b .uno%3ALine 82 Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
e .uno%3AEllipse ad Draws an oval where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to draw the oval, and drag to the size you want. To draw a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 14a Draws a text box with vertical text direction where you click or drag in the current document. Click anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. You can also move the cursor to where you want to add the text, drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
b .uno%3ARect c3 Draws a rectangle where you drag in the current document. Click where you want to place a corner of the rectangle, and drag to the size you want. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
a .uno%3AArc 145 Draws an arc in the current document. To draw an arc, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the arc. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw an arc that is based on a circle, hold down Shift while you drag.
a .uno%3APie 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled be Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee c8 Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. Drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. To assign an animation effect, choose Format - Text - Text Animation.
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 1ab Draws a line that ends in a rectangular callout with vertical text direction from where you drag in the current document. Drag a handle of the callout to resize the callout. To add text, click the edge of the callout, and then type or paste your text. To change a rectangular callout to a rounded callout, drag the largest corner handle when the pointer changes to a hand. Only available when Asian language support is enabled.
11 .uno%3ASpinButton 16 Creates a spin button.
12 .uno%3AFileControl 2d Creates a button that enables file selection.
13 .uno%3APatternField 18 Creates a pattern field.
14 .uno%3ACurrencyField 19 Creates a currency field.
10 .uno%3ATimeField 15 Creates a time field.
f .uno%3AGroupBox 33 Creates a frame to visually group several controls.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 1e Opens the Form Design toolbar.
d .uno%3AConfig 61 The Form Controls toolbar or sub-menu contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
b .uno%3AEdit 13 Creates a text box.
12 .uno%3AImagebutton 27 Creates a button displayed as an image.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 14 Creates a check box.
c .uno%3ALabel 24 Creates a field for displaying text.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 19 Creates an option button.
14 .uno%3ANavigationBar 19 Creates a Navigation bar.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 1a Creates a formatted field.
10 .uno%3ADateField 15 Creates a date field.
e .uno%3AListBox 13 Creates a list box.
13 .uno%3AImageControl 4c Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Creates a combo box.
10 .uno%3AScrollBar 14 Creates a scrollbar.
11 .uno%3APushbutton 16 Creates a push button.
b .uno%3AGrid 34 Creates a table control to display a database table.
13 .uno%3ANumericField 1a Creates a numerical field.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 3a The selected control is transformed into a currency field.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 32 The selected control is transformed into a button.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 35 The selected control is transformed into a check box.
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 35 The selected control is transformed into a combo box.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 31 The selected control is transformed into a label.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 3b The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 34 The selected control is transformed into a list box.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 34 The selected control is transformed into a text box.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 36 The selected control is transformed into a date field.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 3a The selected control is transformed into an option button.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 39 The selected control is transformed into an image button.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 3a The selected control is transformed into an image control.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 39 The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 3b The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 3a The selected control is transformed into a file selection.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 36 The selected control is transformed into a time field.
12 SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 2a Click All if you want to show all columns.
f SID_FM_SHOWCOLS 3f Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.
e SID_FM_HIDECOL 1a Hides the selected column.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshowcoldialog%2FShowColDialog 7e In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple entries.
14 SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 1e Calls the Show Columns dialog.
10 SID_FM_DELETECOL 26 Deletes the currently selected column.
10 SID_FM_CHANGECOL 5f Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.
10 SID_FM_INSERTCOL 48 Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_FM_PROPDLG_TABCTR 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 40 Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ICONSIZE 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation bar should be small or large.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_FILTERSORT 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation bar control.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_NAVIGATION 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation bar control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 31 Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 5a Specifies the format code for the control. Click the ... button to select the format code.
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TAG 4d Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 37 You can define the desired format for the time display.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 5e For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 32 Specifies the row height of a table control field.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FONT 3a Select the font for the text that is in the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 76 Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 1e Inserts a thousands separator.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TABSTOP 56 The "Tabstop" property determines if a control field can be selected with the Tab key.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 75 The "Default button" property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 16 Sets the default time.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 5e Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 31 Specify the minimum value of a scrollbar control.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULTVALUE 34 Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SPINVALUE 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 3a Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TABINDEX 77 The "Tab order" property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 29 Sets the default value for the scrollbar.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDER 62 Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR b5 If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 59 Specifies whether to display the Navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 5b If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 2d Assigns the AutoFill function to a combo box.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 5b Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HELPURL 83 Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 65 Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 16 Sets the default date.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 21 Defines the width of the control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 40 Here you can determine the format you want for the date readout.
4d hid%2Fmodules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2FLabelSelectionDialog 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 3f You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 5a Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the Arrow icon on the scrollbar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 21 Determines spin button intervals.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 3d Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 122 Specifies if a Push button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the Spacebar while the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VALUEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 89 Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the Dropdown option.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 53 The "Action" property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_IMAGEPOSITION 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_READONLY 4d Determines if the control is read-only ("Yes") or if it can be edited ("No").
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLED 5d If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user can use the control field.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 42 Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).
3f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2Fnoassignment 5e Check the No assignment box to remove the link between a control and the assigned label field.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 31 Specify the maximum value of a scrollbar control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 71 The "Graphics" property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REPEAT 7d Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALIGN 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TRISTATE 77 Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 73 Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.
3f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5e If you set this option to "Yes", the Push button receives the focus when you click the button.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE bb Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 32 Determines the minimum time that a user can enter.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 50 Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 6b Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 22 Defines the height of the control.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2f Sets the background color of the control field.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VSCROLL 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 3e You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_STATE 42 Specifies whether an option or a check box is selected by default.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_SCROLLBARS 37 Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 53 Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 58 Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 41 Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPIN 6e The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPINVALUE_MAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 36 Allows you to select more than one item in a list box.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MULTILINE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXTTYPE cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Displays text on more than one line.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 105 Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
29 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HIDEINACTIVESELECTION 6a Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when the focus is no longer on a control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 50 Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_POSITION 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation bar control.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SHOW_RECORDACTIONS 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation bar control.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 54 Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISUALEFFECT 65 Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LABEL 57 The "Label" property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 4c Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BORDERCOLOR 56 Specifies the border color for controls that have the "Border" property set to "flat".
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEMIN 33 Determines the earliest date that a user can enter.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 57 Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an Open document / web page button.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATEMAX 54 Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPINVALUE_MIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EDITMASK 75 Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAME 9f On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 4a Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 85 Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL f9 While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the Data tab of the corresponding Properties dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL cd Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to "Yes", an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to "No", any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE b3 With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 3e Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN a9 Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under Data field. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 49 Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_REFVALUE d3 You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 5a Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 112 Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED 71 The Mouse button released event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_CHANGED 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 54 The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED 6f The Mouse button pressed event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4b The When losing focus event takes place if a control field loses the focus.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_KEYUP 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
29 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 41 The Mouse moved event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 60 In this dialog you can specify, among others, the data source and the events for the whole form.
18 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
16 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 40 Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_POSITIONED 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_POSITIONING 62 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer - SQL cursor - is changed.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_BEFOREUPDATE 6e The Before update event occurs before the control content changed by the user is written into the data source.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RESETTED 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_UNLOADING 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 5a The Before record action event occurs before the current record or record set are changed.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_LOADED 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_UNLOADED 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RELOADED 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_RELOADING 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DATAENTRY 70 Determines if the form only allows the addition of new data (Yes) or if it allows other properties as well (No).
19 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 20 Determines if data can be added.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FILTER 8c Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 27 Determines if the data can be modified.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 26 Determines if the data can be deleted.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FautoB 6f Click the Automatic Sort button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FdownB 5d Click the Move Down button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.
2a modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FupB 5c Click the Move Up button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.
2f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FCTRLtree 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 7f Opens the Tab Order dialog so you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
d HID_FIELD_SEL 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
1d .uno%3ASwitchXFormsDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode b1 Toggles the Design mode on or off. This function is used to switch quickly between Design and User mode. Activate to edit the form controls, deactivate to use the form controls.
14 SID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 1c Renames the selected object.
d SID_FM_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
11 SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
f SID_FM_NEW_FORM 23 Creates a new form in the document.
a SID_FM_NEW 6f Adds new elements to the form. The Add function can only be called if a form is selected in the Form Navigator.
16 SVX_HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 34 Starts the Properties dialog for the selected entry.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer 84 Opens the Form Navigator. The Form Navigator displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Ftable 1c Specifies the desired table.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Fdatasource 3a Specifies the data source that contains the desired table.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontentfieldpage%2Fselectfield 3f Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontenttablepage%2Ftable 76 In the Table field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.
3e DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD 4a Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD 3d Displays all table fields chosen on the previous Wizard page.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Flisttable 5b Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Fvaluefield 5d Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.
42 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 4b Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 7a Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 6d Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3a Opens forms in Design Mode so that the form can be edited.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 67 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles window, which is where you can assign and organize styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
16 .uno%3AStyleApplyState 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
15 SVX_HID_STYLE_LISTBOX 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 4d Allows you to select a font name from the list or enter a font name directly.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 5d Allows you to choose between different font sizes from the list, or to enter a size manually.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRight 2f Specifies the horizontal direction of the text.
1f .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBottom 2d Specifies the vertical direction of the text.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent 72 Reduces the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and sets it to the previous default tab position.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent 70 Increases the left indent of the current paragraph or cell content and sets it to the next default tab position.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 3a Applies current highlighting color to the  text selection.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 3d Increases the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 3d Decreases the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 71 Click the Borders icon to open the Borders toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 5b Click this icon to open the Line Style toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 86 Click the Line Color (of the border) icon to open the Border Color toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2f Allows you to switch between anchoring options.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 57 Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 69 Opens the Arrowheads toolbar. Use the symbols shown to define the style for the end of the selected line.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 1c Rotates the selected object.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 2b Modifies the alignment of selected objects.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 65 Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected list paragraphs, down one list level.
13 .uno%3AOutlineRight 65 Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected list paragraphs, down one list level.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 63 Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected list paragraphs, up one list level.
12 .uno%3AOutlineLeft 63 Moves a list paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected list paragraphs, up one list level.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 6a Moves the paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected paragraphs, to before the previous paragraph.
10 .uno%3AOutlineUp 6a Moves the paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected paragraphs, to before the previous paragraph.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 65 Moves the paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected paragraphs, to after the next paragraph.
12 .uno%3AOutlineDown 65 Moves the paragraph where the cursor is located, or selected paragraphs, to after the next paragraph.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 5b Assigns bullet points to the selected paragraphs, or removes them from bulleted paragraphs.
e .uno%3AOpenURL 9f Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 3d Turns the edit mode for the current database table on or off.
b .uno%3AStop 5e Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl+click to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdialog%2Freset 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdialog%2Fcancel 21 Closes the dialog without saving.
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdialog%2Fapply 22 Applies the data to your document.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdialog%2Ficon_control 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
16 .uno%3AHyperlinkDialog 33 Opens a dialog that enables you to edit hyperlinks.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2FHyperlinkInternetPage 54 Use the Internet page of the Hyperlink dialog to edit hyperlinks with WWW addresses.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 54 Use the Internet page of the Hyperlink dialog to edit hyperlinks with WWW addresses.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Flinktyp_internet 1f Creates an "http://" hyperlink.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2FTreeListBox 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fapply 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fscript 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fclose 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fname 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Findication 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Ftarget a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fframe c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkinternetpage%2Fform 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fsubject 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Fadressbook 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 55 On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialog you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2Freceiver 35 Assigns the specified email address to the hyperlink.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmailpage%2FHyperlinkMailPage 55 On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialog you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fbrowse 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Ftarget 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Ffileopen 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Fpath a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2Furl 45 Specifies the URL, which results from the entries in Path and Target.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 72 Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkdocpage%2FHyperlinkDocPage 72 Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Ftypes 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fpath 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Feditlater 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Feditnow 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2Fcreate 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 86 Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinknewdocpage%2FHyperlinkNewDocPage 86 Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
d .uno%3APageUp 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
f .uno%3APageDown 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
15 .uno%3AGoToStartOfDoc 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
13 .uno%3AGoToEndOfDoc 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 1a Closes the current window.
16 .uno%3ADSBAdministrate b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
10 .uno%3ADSBEditDB 2d Opens the selected database file for editing.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
19 .uno%3ADSBCloseConnection 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 36 Turns on and off the view of the data source explorer.
14 .uno%3ASortAscending 46 Sorts the data of the selected field or cell range in ascending order.
f .uno%3ASortDown 47 Sorts the data of the selected field or cell range in descending order.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 4f Filters the records, based on the content of the currently selected data field.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 51 Cancels the filter settings and displays all of the records in the current table.
1f HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW 6b Rebuilds the view of the database table. Use this command when you have changed the structure of the table.
e .uno%3ARefresh 1d Refreshes the displayed data.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fautoformat 79 Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastable 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableformat 7e Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabledbcols 42 Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftablecols 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneright 44 Moves the selected database field into the Table column(s) list box.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallright 43 Moves all listed database fields into the Table column(s) list box.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneleft 45 Removes the selected database field from the Table column(s) list box
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallleft 3e Removes all database fields from the Table column(s) list box.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ffromdatabase 1d Accepts the database formats.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fnumformat 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fcolumnname 5a Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableheading 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Frowonly 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastext 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 28 Allows you to set the filtering options.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval2 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval1 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond2 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield2 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue2 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond1 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield1 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2FStandardFilterDialog 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
46 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnotebookbar%2FMenuData-DataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2FQueryFilterDialog 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fconnect1 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fval3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fconnect2 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop2 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue1 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop3 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield1 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield2 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 3a Specifies the sort order (either ascending or descending).
21 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2Fclose 5d Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbSearchAgain 1d Starts or cancels the search.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbRegular 22 Searches with regular expressions.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbStartOver 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNull 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbUseFormat 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNotNull 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbForm 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbCase 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForText 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSingleField 28 Searches through a specified data field.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbAllFields 1c Searches through all fields.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbPosition 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbBackwards 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbWildCard 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 3f Switches between the filtered and unfiltered view of the table.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
1c .uno%3ADSBDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 57 Displays, in the data source browser, the table that is linked to the current document.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fclose 1d Closes the Add Tables dialog.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fadd 25 Inserts the currently selected table.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fqueries 13 Shows only queries.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftables 12 Shows only tables.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftablelist 1b Lists the available tables.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
f .uno%3AAddTable 3b Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 5a Displays the Function row in the lower part of the design view of the Query Design window.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 3d Displays the Table row in the lower part of the Query Design.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 3d Displays the Alias row in the lower part of the Query Design.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
16 .uno%3AStatusPageStyle 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
14 .uno%3APageStyleName 65 Displays the current Page Style. Double-click to edit the style, right-click to select another style.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 2b Switches between different selection modes.
14 .uno%3ASelectionMode 2b Switches between different selection modes.
13 .uno%3AModifyStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
f .uno%3AModified 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
15 .uno%3AModifiedStatus 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 1a Displays the current time.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 1a Displays the current date.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Fvalue 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2FSolarizeDialog c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fedges 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fsmoothdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fsmoothdialog%2FSmoothDialog 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2FAgingDialog a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2Fvalue 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2Fvalue 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 71 This icon on the Image bar opens the Image Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2FPosterDialog 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Finvert 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fheight 2b Defines the height of the individual tiles.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fembossdialog%2FEmbossDialog 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2F@@nowidget@@ c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2FMosaicDialog 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fwidth 2a Defines the width of the individual tiles.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fembossdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 57 Opens the Basic Shapes toolbar which you can use to insert graphics into your document.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 5b Click an icon on the Basic Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow-callout 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 55 Opens the Block Arrows toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 59 Click an icon from the Block Arrows toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 55 Click an icon from the Callouts toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Opens the Callouts toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4f Opens the Color toolbar so you can edit some properties of the selected object.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 52 Opens the Flowchart toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 56 Click an icon from the Flowchart toolbar, then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 81 Opens the Fontwork dialog from which you can insert styled text not possible through standard font formatting into your document.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 45 Displays the grid lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.
e .uno%3ADBLimit 4b Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
36 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2F___object_1___ 3c Adds a Limit to set the maximum number of records to return.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Flimitbox 3c Adds a Limit to set the maximum number of records to return.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fnondistinct 21 Not use distinct values in query.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fdistinct 1d Use distinct values in query.
1e .uno%3ADBQueryPropertiesDialog 98 In the Query Properties dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.
3d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2FQueryPropertiesDialog 98 In the Query Properties dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 60 Click an icon on the Stars and Banners toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5a Opens the Stars and Banners toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 56 Opens the Symbol Shapes toolbar from which you can insert graphics into your document.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 5c Click an icon on the Symbol Shapes toolbar, and then drag in the document to draw the shape.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Factive 5d The list box located at the very top is where you can select other %PRODUCTNAME Help modules.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Ftabcontrol 62 The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages Contents, Index, Find and Bookmarks.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwrap 4e Searches the entire Help page, starting at the current position of the cursor.
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 28 Provides an overview of the Help system.
22 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 20 Moves back to the previous page.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 28 Provides an overview of the Help system.
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 18 Prints the current page.
26 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 23 Opens the Find on this page dialog.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2FSearchDialog 28 Provides an overview of the Help system.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearchterm 4e Enter the text that you want to search for or select a text entry in the list.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fbackwards 3b Searches backwards from the current position of the cursor.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fmatchcase 38 Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.
15 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 48 The Toolbar contains important functions for controlling the Help system
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearch 2d Finds the next occurrence of the search term.
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 24 Hides and shows the navigation pane.
1f SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 32 Moves to the first page of the current Help topic.
23 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 21 Adds this page to your bookmarks.
21 SFX2_HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 1f Moves forward to the next page.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwholewords 1a Finds complete words only.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2Fdisplay 24 Click to display the selected topic.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2FHelpIndexPage 45 Double-click an entry or type the word you want to find in the index.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fdisplay 28 Displays the entry selected in the list.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fcompletewords 6c Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fheadings 4a Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Ffind 3b Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fresults 6a Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fsearch 3d Enter the search term here. The search is not case-sensitive.
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 1e deletes the selected bookmark.
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 39 opens a dialog for entering another name for the bookmark
17 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 22 displays the selected help subject
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpbookmarkpage%2FHelpBookmarkPage 7c Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fbookmarkdialog%2FBookmarkDialog 58 Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontentpage%2FHelpContentPage 56 Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 28 Provides an overview of the Help system.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 54 Guides you through creating business and personal letters, faxes, agendas, and more.
14 HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE 68 According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disk.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 46 Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 3a Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 28 Starts the wizard for a letter template.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER 93 Specifies whether paper is used that already contains an imprinted logo, address, or footer line. The Wizard shows the Letterhead layout page next.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVOFFICIALSTYLE 2b Select the design for your letter template.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 2b Select the design for your letter template.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 34 Specifies that you want to create a personal letter.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 2b Select the design for your letter template.
28 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 3b Specifies that you want to create a formal personal letter.
24 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 3d Specifies that you want to create a business letter template.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE1 45 Specifies whether you want to create a personal or a business letter.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE2 57 Allows you to specify the elements that are already imprinted on your letterhead paper.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 21 Defines the height of the object.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO 66 Specifies that a logo is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a logo.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSHEIGHT 21 Defines the height of the object.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSX 33 Sets the object distance from the left page margin.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT 81 Enter the height of the footer area that is already imprinted on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print in that area.
1f WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 20 Defines the width of the object.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSWIDTH 20 Defines the width of the object.
29 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS 6e Specifies that an address is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 32 Sets the object distance from the top page margin.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER 6f Specifies that a footer area is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a footer.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 33 Sets the object distance from the left page margin.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER a3 Specifies that your own address is already imprinted in small size above the area of the recipient's address. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address in small size.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSY 32 Sets the object distance from the top page margin.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTGREETING 59 Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 2b Includes fold marks on the letter template.
1f WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 29 Includes a footer on the letter template.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTSALUTATION 56 Includes a salutation on the letter template. Select the salutation from the list box.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 59 Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.
23 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 56 Includes a salutation on the letter template. Select the salutation from the list box.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 2f Includes a subject line on the letter template.
1e WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 4c Includes a line with references to a business letter on the letter template.
28 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 3c Includes a small size return address on the letter template.
1d WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 27 Includes a logo on the letter template.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE3 38 Defines the items to be included in the letter template.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 3e Address database fields are inserted into the letter template.
29 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 48 Specifies that placeholder fields are inserted into the letter template.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERCITY 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
26 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTATE_TEXT 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
24 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 29 Specifies the address data of the sender.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 2b Specifies the street address of the sender.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 21 Specifies the name of the sender.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 4d Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialog box.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 33 Use the address data from the following text boxes.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE4 2f Specifies the sender and recipient information.
27 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 2e Includes page numbers in your letter template.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 30 Select to suppress the footer on the first page.
1c WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 24 Enter the text for the footer lines.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE5 39 Specifies the information to include in the footer space.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER 5c Saves and closes the template, and then opens a new untitled document based on the template.
21 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 31 Saves the template and keeps it open for editing.
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CMDPATH 68 Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the ... button to select the path and file name.
1a WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH 68 Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the ... button to select the path and file name.
22 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 2d Specifies the title of the document template.
13 SW_HID_LETTER_PAGE6 50 Specifies where and under which name you want to save the document and template.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE b0 According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX".
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT 8a The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The Next button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK c8 Click the Back button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button. Back will be active from the second page onwards.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 1b Opens the wizard for faxes.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 1f Specifies the predefined style.
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 29 Creates a fax template for a private fax.
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 1f Specifies the predefined style.
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 30 Creates a fax template for a business-style fax.
d HID_FAX_PAGE1 27 Defines the style of your fax document.
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER 12 Includes a footer.
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 18 Includes a subject line.
20 WIZARDS_HID_LSTCOMMUNICATIONTYPE 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 3b Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
23 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSECOMMUNICATIONTYPE 46 Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.
16 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEDATE 16 Includes a date field.
16 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSELOGO 18 Includes a company logo.
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 3f Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.
d HID_FAX_PAGE2 29 Specifies the fax elements to be printed.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY 1e Enter the sender address data.
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 45 Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document.
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE 1e Enter the sender address data.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET 1e Enter the sender address data.
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 1e Enter the sender address data.
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 1e Enter the sender address data.
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 76 Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 84 Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.
1d WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 1e Enter the sender address data.
d HID_FAX_PAGE3 3a Specifies the receiver and sender information for the fax.
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 44 Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multipage fax document.
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 34 Specifies the text to be printed in the footer area.
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 28 Prints a page number in the footer area.
d HID_FAX_PAGE4 1a Specifies the footer data.
1a WIZARDS_HID_OPTMAKECHANGES 50 Creates and saves the fax template, then opens the template for further editing.
18 WIZARDS_HID_OPTCREATEFAX 59 Creates and saves the fax template, then opens a new fax document based on that template.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_CMDPATH 58 Click to enter or select the complete path, including the file name of the fax template.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME 23 Enter the name of the fax template.
d HID_FAX_PAGE5 27 Defines the template name and location.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 38 Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 4d Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 29 Select the page design from the list box.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 27 Specifies a page design for the agenda.
20 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION 26 Specifies the location of the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 23 Specifies the title of the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME 22 Specifies the time of the meeting.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE 22 Specifies the date of the meeting.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 3d Specifies the date, time, title, and location of the meeting.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 28 Specifies whether to print a Notes line.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 2f Specifies whether to print a Please bring line.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 2e Specifies whether to print a Please read line.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 34 Specifies whether to print the type of meeting line.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 3e Specifies the headings that you want to include in the agenda.
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 4d Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 44 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 48 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 58 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 46 Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 30 Specifies the names to be printed on the agenda.
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 1f Moves the current topic row up.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 1e Removes the current topic row.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 34 Inserts a new empty topic row above the current row.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 21 Moves the current topic row down.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 52 Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 3a Specifies the topics to be printed on the agenda template.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 53 Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 5f Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 4c Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 2a Specifies the name of the agenda template.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 36 Choose the title and location for the agenda template.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 39 Click to create the form without answering further pages.
12 HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 28 Activates the Wizard for creating forms.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSSELECTED 2d Displays the fields that are in the new form.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEFIELDUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVE_PK_SELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
2d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSAVAILABLE 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDS 47 Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEFIELDDOWN 3c Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_LBTABLES 42 Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 3a Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 3d Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 35 Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 32 Select the relation on which the subform is based.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 18 Select to add a subform.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 3d Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 44 Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 77 Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 77 Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED2 31 Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED2 47 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE2 2d Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED2 51 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 2d Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 47 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 51 Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 1d The labels are right-aligned.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 31 Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 1c The labels are left-aligned.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 23 Select to disallow adding new data.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 21 Select to disallow deleting data.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 20 Select to disallow editing data.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 4f Creates a form that can be used to display existing data and to enter new data.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 37 Creates a form that is only used for entering new data.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 2b Specifies that the field borders look flat.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 29 Specifies that the fields have no border.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 30 Specifies that the field borders have a 3D look.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 26 Specifies the page style for the form.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 3f Saves the form, and opens it in edit mode to change the layout.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 4a Saves the form, and opens it as a form document to enter and display data.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 1f Specifies the name of the form.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 1d Select the report properties.
1b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilot 2a Activates the wizard for creating reports.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 4d Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 42 Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 38 Displays all fields that are included in the new report.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 4a Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 40 Select the table or query for which the report is to be created.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_5 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_3 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_4 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_2 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_1 94 Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 4a Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 4a Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST b4 Lists the fields by which the report will be grouped. To remove one level of grouping, select the field name, then click the < button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING c6 Lists the fields from your selection on the previous page of the Wizard. To group the report by a field, select the field name, then click the > button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND3 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND1 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND3 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND2 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND1 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND2 2d Sorts the field contents in descending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT3 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT2 37 Select an additional field by which to sort the report.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 2c Sorts the field contents in ascending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 33 Select the first field by which to sort the report.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 33 Selects a portrait page orientation for the report.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 34 Selects a landscape page orientation for the report.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT 8a Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 65 Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 44 When you click Finish, the report will be saved and opened for edit.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 6f Saves the report as a template. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 89 Saves the report as a static report. When you open a static report, it will always display the data from the time the report was created.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 30 When you click Finish, the report will be saved.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 43 Specifies the title that is printed at the title line of each page.
15 HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH 13 Creates the object.
40 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiobuttons 46 Displays all option fields which have to be included in the group box.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoright 4a Confirms the current label and copies the label to the Option fields list.
3a modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoleft 31 Removes the selected option fields from the list.
3f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiolabels 6d Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form.
48 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionno 49 Specifies that you do not want any option field to be the default choice.
47 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefselectionfield 53 Select the option field that you want to have as the default when opening the form.
49 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionyes 5b Specifies that you want an option field to be selected as a default after opening the form.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Fradiobuttons 49 Select the option field for which you want to assign the reference value.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Foptionvalue 4d Select a number or a text as a reference value for the selected option field.
42 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 45 Select the data field in which the reference values have to be saved.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 5f Specifies that you want to save the reference values in the form only, and not in the database.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 43 Specifies that you want to save the reference values in a database.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsfinalpage%2Fnameit 66 Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form.
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 56 Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.
1d HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 5a Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
18 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 55 Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
17 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
25 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 31 Indicates that the documents are to be converted.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
21 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 2d Specifies that templates are to be converted.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 32 Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 3c All currency cells in the active document will be converted.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 3f All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 16 Starts the conversion.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 32 Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK 30 Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_DIALOG 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
31 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FEuro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 4f Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT bc Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 22 Activates the help for the dialog.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 3b Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 36 All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 1d Converts the entire document.
27 WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 1a Closes the Euro Converter.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 44 Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialog.
11 HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 10 Go to next step.
15 HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 14 Go to previous step.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 32 Exits the wizard without implementing any changes.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2FSelectTypePage 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
c slot%3A10934 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fgroupwise 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Groupwise.
30 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fother 60 Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
2e modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fkde 4a Select this option if you already use an address book in KDE Address book.
36 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fthunderbird 50 Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird or Icedove.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fmacosx 4c Select this option if you already use an address book in macOS Address book.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevolution 43 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution.
37 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
1c EXTENSIONS_UID_ABSPILOT_HELP 51 This wizard registers an existing address book as a data source in $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevoldap 48 Select this option if you already use an address book in Evolution LDAP.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2Fsettings 3a Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 48 Allows you to enter additional settings for other external data sources.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2FInvokeAdminPage 48 Allows you to enter additional settings for other external data sources.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2Ftable 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 76 Specifies a table from the Seamonkey / Netscape address book source that is used as the address book in $[officename].
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2FSelectTablePage 76 Specifies a table from the Seamonkey / Netscape address book source that is used as the address book in $[officename].
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fname 1f Specifies the data source name.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Favailable e5 Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the Data sources pane (Ctrl+Shift+F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fbrowse 2b Specifies the location using a file dialog.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Flocation 2c Specifies the location of the database file.
37 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 81 Specifies a location for the address book file and a name under which the data source will be listed in the data source explorer.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2FDataSourcePage 81 Specifies a location for the address book file and a name under which the data source will be listed in the data source explorer.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2Fassign 34 Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 3f Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2FFieldAssignPage 3f Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 32 Value: enter the Fontwork character spacing value.
2f svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkspacingdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 32 Value: enter the Fontwork character spacing value.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 24 Opens the Fontwork Alignment window.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkspacingdialog%2FFontworkSpacingDialog 32 Value: enter the Fontwork character spacing value.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 6b Switches the letter height of the selected Fontwork objects from normal to the same height for all objects.
18 .uno%3AFontworkShapeType 64 Opens the Fontwork Shape toolbar. Click a shape to apply the shape to all selected Fontwork objects.
3d .uno%3AAvailableToolbars%3FToolbar%3Astring=fontworkobjectbar 64 Opens the Fontwork Shape toolbar. Click a shape to apply the shape to all selected Fontwork objects.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fautoredactdialog%2F 61 Use automatic redaction to define words and patterns that are automatically marked for redaction.
30 fps%2Fui%2Fremotefilesdialog%2FRemoteFilesDialog 1f Remote Files Service User Guide
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepother 36 Keeps the change of the other user, voids your change.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallmine 30 Keeps all your changes, voids all other changes.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2FConflictsDialog 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2Fshare 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepmine 2a Keeps your change, voids the other change.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2F@@nowidget@@ 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallothers 39 Keeps the changes of all other users, voids your changes.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2FShareDocumentDialog 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 64 If you click on the Close button on the Form Filter toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 91 Inspects objects in %PRODUCTNAME documents and shows supported UNO services, as well as available methods, properties and implemented interfaces.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 39 Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 39 Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2FNewToolbarDialog 39 Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
18 SVX_HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 69 To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the Filter navigation icon on the filter bar.
1c .uno%3APreviousTrackedChange 41 Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.
18 .uno%3ANextTrackedChange 3d Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fmath_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdatabase_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fimpress_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2F@@nowidget@@ 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_remote 5e The Remote Files button presents a Remote files dialog to open files stored on remote servers.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_recent 7d Click the Recent Documents button to show thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened in the right side of the window.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Ftemplates_all 65 Click the Templates button to display templates for all applications in the right side of the window.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fwriter_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fextensions 94 The Extensions button opens the https://extensions.libreoffice.org/ page, where you can download templates and additional features for %PRODUCTNAME.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fhelp 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2FStartCenter 48 Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdraw_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_all 31 The Open File button presents a file open dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Flocal_view 7d Click the Recent Documents button to show thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened in the right side of the window.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fall_recent 7d Click the Recent Documents button to show thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened in the right side of the window.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fcalc_all 44 The document buttons each open a new document of the specified type.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fexport_btn b5 Choose a template in the main window, or use Ctrl+click to select additional templates, and then right-click and select Export to export your selection to a folder on your computer.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fonline_link 98 To browse for more templates online, choose Extensions to open a search window. You can also search for templates at https://extensions.libreoffice.org.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fimport_btn b2 To import one or more templates into the Template Manager, select Import, choose the Category of the template in the Select Category dialog, then select the files to be imported.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Faction_menu 3d Press Manage at the top right corner to open the Manage menu.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Ffilter_folder 36 Categories are folders where you place your templates.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Fsearch_filter 7c You may search for a template by entering text in the search box at the top left. The Main window shows the templates found.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2Ffilter_application cd You may filter for: All Applications, Text Documents, Spreadsheets, Presentations or Drawings by choosing an option from the dropdown box at the top-center. The main window displays the filtered templates.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2FTemplateDialog 74 The Template Manager dialog makes it easy to manage templates and allows you to start new documents using templates.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Ftemplatedlg%2F@@nowidget@@ 74 The Template Manager dialog makes it easy to manage templates and allows you to start new documents using templates.
19 hid%20path%20or%20command 3c The Tip of the Day dialog displays useful tips for the user.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate ee Enable an Internet connection for %PRODUCTNAME. If you need a Proxy, check the %PRODUCTNAME Proxy settings in Tools - Options - Internet. Then choose Check for Updates to check for the availability of a newer version of your office suite.
12 .uno%3AShowLicense d5 Displays the CREDITS.odt document which lists the names of individuals who have contributed to OpenOffice.org source code (and whose contributions were imported into %PRODUCTNAME) or %PRODUCTNAME since 2010-09-28.
c .uno%3AAbout 4b Displays general program information such as version number and copyrights.
13 .uno%3ASendFeedback 4f Opens a feedback form in the web browser, where users can report software bugs.
16 .uno%3AQuestionAnswers 34 Opens the community support page in the web browser.
14 .uno%3ADocumentation 8f Opens the documentation page in the web browser, where users can download, read or purchase %PRODUCTNAME user guides, written by the community.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 4a Opens the main page of the $[officename] Help for the current application.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 4c The Help menu allows you to start and control the $[officename] Help system.
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 48 Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer until the next click.
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 41 The Standard bar is available in every $[officename] application.
12 .uno%3ATableDesign 43 Opens the Table Design. Double-click a preview to format the table.
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar 75 The Table Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 34 Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 20 Allows you to undo a data entry.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 15 Creates a new record.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 1d Takes you to the last record.
e .uno%3ARecSave 41 Saves a new data entry. The change is registered in the database.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 1d Takes you to the next record.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 40 Deletes a record. A query needs to be confirmed before deleting.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 21 Takes you to the previous record.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 1e Takes you to the first record.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 59 Shows the number of the current record. Enter a number to go to the corresponding record.
17 .uno%3AAutoControlFocus 107 If Automatic Control Focus is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The Tab Order that you have specified determines which is the first form control.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 4d This icon converts a corner point or a smooth point into a symmetrical point.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 41 Converts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 76 The Split Curve icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 19 Closes a line or a curve.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete a8 Use the Delete Points icon to delete one or several selected points. If you wish to select several points click the appropriate points while holding down the Shift key.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 39 Converts the selected point or points into corner points.
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 4f Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 41 Activates the insert mode. This mode allows you to insert points.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 2e Activates a mode in which you can move points.
10 .uno%3AToolsMenu 8f Contains spelling tools, media player, color replacer, presentation minimizer and tools for configuring menus, and setting program preferences.
1a .uno%3AInsertFrameInteract 80 This submenu contains form controls like a textbox, checkbox, option button, and listbox that can be inserted into the document.
15 .uno%3AShapesLineMenu 49 This submenu contains straight, freeform, curved and polygon line shapes.
11 .uno%3AShapesMenu ae This submenu contains common shapes like a line, circle, triangle, and square, or a symbol shape like a smiley face, heart, and flower that can be inserted into the document.
f .uno%3APickList 81 These commands apply to the current presentation, create a presentation, open an existing presentation, or close the application.
15 .uno%3ASaveBackground 30 Saves the background image of the current slide.
17 .uno%3ASelectBackground 26 Set the image background of the slide.
16 .uno%3AFormatImageMenu 43 Opens a submenu where you can choose commands to manipulate images.
18 .uno%3AFormatBulletsMenu 4a Opens a submenu where you can choose commands to create and work on lists.
18 .uno%3AFormatSpacingMenu 3b Opens a submenu where you can choose text spacing commands.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full-width characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
15 .uno%3AFormatTextMenu 3e Opens a submenu where you can choose text formatting commands.
16 HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 18 Select an entry to edit.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 43 This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fencryptionkey 4d Select your OpenPGP key from the drop-down list for encrypting ODF documents.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Femail 18 Type your email address.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Ffax 23 Type your fax number in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fwork 24 Type your work number in this field.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Femail 18 Type your email address.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fhome 31 Type your private telephone number in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ftitle 1e Type your title in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstate 10 Type your state.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 10 Type your state.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fstate 10 Type your state.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname 13 Type your initials.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fencrypttoself 75 Mark this checkbox to also encrypt the file with your public key, so you can open the document with your private key.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Frusfirstname 15 Type your first name.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fsigningkey 4a Select your OpenPGP key from the drop-down list for signing ODF documents.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcountry 12 Type your country.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fruslastname 14 Type your last name.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Feastlastname 14 Type your last name.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fposition 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Flastname 14 Type your last name.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffirstname 15 Type your first name.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ftitle 1e Type your title in this field.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname 15 Type your first name.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Femail 18 Type your email address.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffax 23 Type your fax number in this field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ficity 1d Type the city where you live.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname 14 Type your last name.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Feastshortname 13 Type your initials.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcompany 2c Type the name of your company in this field.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fposition 30 Type your position in the company in this field.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fstreet 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Ficity 1d Type the city where you live.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fizip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fizip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffax 23 Type your fax number in this field.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fshortname 13 Type your initials.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Frusshortname 13 Type your initials.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstreet 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fizip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ficity 1d Type the city where you live.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fcountry 12 Type your country.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fzip 1c Type your ZIP in this field.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstreet 2b Type the name of your street in this field.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcity 1d Type the city where you live.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Feastfirstname 15 Type your first name.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2FOptUserPage 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcountry 12 Type your country.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fwarnalienformat c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 72 In the General section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_docprinter 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_anyuser 70 Loads the view position settings saved in a document with the document even if it was saved by a different user.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_settings 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave 6e Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all modified documents in case of a crash.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fuserautosave a1 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the modified document itself instead of creating a temporary AutoRecovery version. Uses the time interval specified in Minutes.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Falienwarndialog%2Fask c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdoctype 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave_spin 5f Specifies the time interval in minutes before AutoRecovery information is saved for a document.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdocinfo 5b Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fbackup d5 Saves the previous version of a document as a backup copy whenever you save a document. Every time %PRODUCTNAME creates a backup copy, the previous backup copy is replaced. The backup copy gets the extension .BAK.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fsaveas b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_fsys 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_inet 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fodfversion 10b Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1, or ODF 1.2 format. You can select these format to save in the listbox. These older formats cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.3 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fedit 36 Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fdefault 48 The Default button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fpaths 65 To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click Edit. You can also double click the entry.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2FOptPathsPage 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fadd 60 Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fpaths 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsdelete 59 Deletes the selected dictionary after a confirmation, provided it is not write-protected.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptionsedit 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fdelete 3b Removes the marked word from the current custom dictionary.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Freplace 279 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary or a language-dependent custom dictionary. In exception dictionaries, the field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box. In language-dependent custom dictionaries, the field contains a known root word, as a model of affixation of the new word or its usage in compound words. For example, in a German custom dictionary, the new word “Litschi” (lychee) with the model word “Gummi” (gum) will result recognition of “Litschis” (lychees), “Litschibaum” (lychee tree), “Litschifrucht” (lychee fruit) etc.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Flang 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 41 Automatically checks spelling as you type, and underlines errors.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fbook 20 Specifies the book to be edited.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2FOptLinguPage 44 Specifies the properties of the spelling, thesaurus and hyphenation.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudicts 26 Lists the available user dictionaries.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 7a In the Dictionary section you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
36 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2FEditDictionaryDialog 65 In the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodules 28 Contains the installed language modules.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoption%2Fafterbreak 5a Specifies the minimum number of characters of a hyphenated word required at the next line.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fword 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodulesedit 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Flanguage 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsnew 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
3a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2FOptNewDictionaryDialog 7a In the Dictionary section you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoption%2Fbeforebreak 6b Sets the minimum number of characters of the word to be hyphenated that must remain at the end of the line.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsedit 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoption%2Fwordlength 5c Specifies the minimum number of characters required for automatic hyphenation to be applied.
2c cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fnewreplace a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fnameedit 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptions 37 Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fexcept 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
2e cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 65 In the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fback 37 Click here to undo the current changes in the list box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fdown 4b Decreases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fup 4b Increases the priority of the module selected in the list box by one level.
27 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flanguage 25 Specifies the language of the module.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flingudicts 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FkeySpinbutton 4e Set the Black color value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FyellowSpinbutton 40 Set the Yellow color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FmagSpinbutton 41 Set the Magenta color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcyanSpinbutton 3e Set the Cyan color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FbrightSpinbutton 5f Set the Brightness directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
30 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FbrightRadiobutton c3 Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FsatRadiobutton c3 Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhueSpinbutton 5b Set the Hue directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhueRadiobutton c6 Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 83 %PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Color dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FsatSpinbutton 5f Set the Saturation directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcolorField 11d Click in the big color area on the left to select a new color. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the color as represented in the RGB or HSB color models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialog.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FgreenRadiobutton a9 Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FblueRadiobutton a9 Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Red components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FcolorSlider 61 With the vertical color component slider you can modify the value of each component of the color.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FblueSpinbutton 3f Set the Blue color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2Fprevious 61 In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original color from the parent tab, Colors.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2Fpreview 5e In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialog is visible.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FredRadiobutton a9 Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FredSpinbutton 3e Set the Red color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FColorPicker 83 %PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Color dialog.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FhexEntry 5b Displays and sets the color value in the RGB color model expressed as a hexadecimal number.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpickerdialog%2FgreenSpinbutton 40 Set the Green color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fyear 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fdocstatus 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fexthelp 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 31 Specifies the general settings for $[officename].
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fcrashreport 4b Send crash reports to help developers improve the software’s reliability.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 31 Specifies the general settings for $[officename].
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontheight 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontname 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fdelete 26 Deletes the selected font replacement.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont2 31 Enter or select the name of the replacement font.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fapply 26 Applies the selected font replacement.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont1 3e Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fchecklb f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fnonpropfontonly 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fusetable 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Freplacements e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faanf 36 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing to.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaccel 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
5 20201 4a Press Shift+Ctrl+R to restore or refresh the view of the current document.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fsidebariconsize 2c Specifies the display size of sidebar icons.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faafont 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaa af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fnotebookbariconsize 31 Specifies the display size of notebook bar icons.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfontpreview 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousemiddle 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmenuicons a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonsize 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonstyle 3b Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ftrans 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fconverttogray 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradcolor 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstep 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstripes 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fframe2 35 Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 24 Specifies the print setting options.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransauto 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2FOptPrintPage 24 Specifies the print setting options.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpaperorient 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmaptrans 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fprinter 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ffile 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpapersize 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransnone 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetrans a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegrad 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapresol 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2d sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapoptimal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmap 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapnormal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapdpi 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorconfig 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fdelete 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fsave 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorschemelb 29 Selects the color scheme you want to use.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 35 Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.
23 HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 22 Enter a name for the color scheme.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2FOptAppearancePage 35 Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.
38 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fsystempagepreviewcolor 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautodetecthc 5c Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedtext 48 Previews animated text, such as blinking and scrolling, in %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedgraphics 40 Previews animated graphics, such as GIF images, in %PRODUCTNAME.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftextselinreadonly 27 Displays cursor in read-only documents.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautofontcolor 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2F@@nowidget@@ 83 Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
36 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2FOptAccessibilityPage 83 Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 25 Specifies general Load/Save settings.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttpsport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fnoproxy 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttps 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttp 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fproxymode 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Fbrowse 30 Opens a file dialog to select the email program.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Furl 26 Enter the email program path and name.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fcert 22 Opens the Certificate Path dialog.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fchange 51 Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fsavepassword bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2FMasterPasswordDialog 26 Enter the master password to continue.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2F@@nowidget@@ 76 Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Foptions 31 Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialog.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fconnections 70 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmasterpassword 27 Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmacro 20 Opens the Macro Security dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2FOptSecurityPage 76 Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 1a Enter the master password.
40 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2FStoredWebConnectionDialog 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 20 Enter the master password again.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremove 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremoveall 22 Removes all entries from the list.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fpassword 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fctrlclick 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenpdf 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhensigning cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenprinting 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fblockuntrusted 8a Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fsavesenddocs 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 50 Set security related options and warnings about hidden information in documents.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fremovepersonal 132 Select to remove user data from file properties, comments and tracked changes when saving. The names of authors in comments and changes will be replaced by generic values as "Author1", "Author2" and so forth. Time values will also be reset to a single standard value. No personal metadata will be exported.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2FSecurityOptionsDialog 50 Set security related options and warnings about hidden information in documents.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsavegrflocal e6 Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using network protocol. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete URL as the file name in the Internet.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fprintextension a2 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document (for example, table of contents with justified page numbers and dot leaders) is exported as well.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize1 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize7 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize2 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize4 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize3 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasic 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize5 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasicwarning 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fnumbersenglishus d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Languages and Locales - General - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2FOptHtmlPage 20 Defines settings for HTML pages.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize6 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fignorefontnames 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Funknowntag 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fmeasureunit 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulerright 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulercombobox 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhelplines ab Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fgraphics 3e Specifies whether to display images and objects on the screen.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fdrawings 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fsmoothscroll 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ftables 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2F@@nowidget@@ 81 Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fcomments dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentextfield 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddenparafield 39 Display paragraphs that contain a Hidden Paragraph field.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2FViewOptionsPage 81 Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhrulercombobox 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fidxbox 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistbox 72 Specifies the font and font size for the List paragraph style, which is inherited by all derived paragraph styles.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitlebox 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitleheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Findexheight 1f Specifies the size of the font.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardbox 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelbox 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2FOptFontTabPage 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finmargins 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fendpage 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fonly 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fnone 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ffax 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fpapertray a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fblankpages 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frtl 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2FPrintOptionsPage 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fhiddentext 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fgraphics 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finblack 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbackground 9b Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page Style - Background) in the printed document.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ftextplaceholder 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fformcontrols 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fend 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frightpages 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 9b Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page Style - Background) in the printed document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbrochure 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fleftpages 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fvar 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffixprop 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2FOptTablePage 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fheader 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frepeatheader 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowmove 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffix 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fdontsplit 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fborder 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumformatting 5e Specifies that numbers entered into a text table cell are recognized and formatted as numbers.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumfmtformatting 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumalignment 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolmove 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowinsert 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolinsert 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhyphens 185 Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2FOptFormatAidsPage 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fspaces 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillmargin 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fbreak 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentext 5f Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Formatting Marks is enabled.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillindent 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ftabs 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursorinprot 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursoronoff 1c Activates the direct cursor.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fnonbreak af Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillspace 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fparagraph 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffilltab 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkcolor 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkpos 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchanged 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeleted ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsert 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchangedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2FOptRedLinePage 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fusecharunit 99 When this setting is enabled, the measurement units of indents and spacing on Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing tab will be character (ch) and line.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftab 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fmetric 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatefields c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fnever 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fonrequest 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Falways 9c Always updates links while loading a document, and only if the document is in a trusted file location or the global security level is Low (Not recommended).
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fsquaremode 47 When this setting is enabled, the text grid will look like square page.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatecharts be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2Fdefault 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2FOptCompatPage 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fapplyborder 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fchapseparator 52 Define the character to display between the heading number and the caption number.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fposition 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Flevel be For typical use of headings, the selected number will indicate how many levels of heading number (starting from level 1) are displayed. If [None] is selected, no heading number is displayed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fseparator 5a Define optional text character that appears after the caption category and caption number.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumbering 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcategory 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fobjects 45 Enable the object type(s) for which AutoCaption settings are applied.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 45 Enable the object type(s) for which AutoCaption settings are applied.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcharstyle 49 Specifies the character style of the caption category and caption number.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2FOptCaptionPage 45 Enable the object type(s) for which AutoCaption settings are applied.
14 SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS 46 Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisiony 4c Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisionx 4c Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsynchronize 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawy 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawx 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fgridvisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fusegridsnap 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2FOptGridPage cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
14 .uno%3AScEditOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Foutline 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Ftblreg 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fhscroll 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frowcolheader 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fguideline 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fnil 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FcbSummary 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fbreak 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fannot d0 Specifies that a small triangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FTpViewPage 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvscroll 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvalue 111 Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fgrid db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fanchor 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdraw 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frangefind bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fobjgrf 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fsynczoom 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fformula 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdiagram 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
3f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Flegacy_cell_selection_cb 1aa With the option set, expanding a selection (with Ctrl  +Shift+Down/Up) jumps to the end of the range in the column that was added as last to the initial selection.  When the option is not set, expanding a selection (with Ctrl+Shift   +Down/Up) jumps to the end of the range in the column where selecting the cell range was started.  The same of course applies when extending a selection on rows, with Ctrl+   Shift+Left/Right.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Freplwarncb 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fformatcb 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fmarkhdrcb 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Feditmodecb 7f Determines the behavior of the Enter key in a spreadsheet. Checking this option causes Enter to open cell contents for editing.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fexprefcb f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falignlb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftabmf 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Funitlb 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fadd 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopyfrom 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fentries 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopy 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Flists 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fnew 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2FOptSortLists 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Fcolumns 56 Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Frows 50 Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2FColOrRowDialog 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fgeneralprec dd You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Flookup cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2FOptCalculatePage 32 Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fiterate b1 Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 32 Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatestd 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcase 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fprec ae Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the General number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformulawildcards 5e Specifies that wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformulaliteral 66 Specifies that only literal strings are used when searching and also for character string comparisons.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatesc10 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fminchange ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdate1904 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcalc 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fmatch 14e Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When both, the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box and the Enable wildcards in formulas box are marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as Microsoft Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fsteps 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformularegex 84 Specifies that regular expressions instead of simple wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Finsertions 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fentries 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fdeletions 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fchanges 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2FOptChangesPage 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FprintCB e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FsuppressCB 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2F@@nowidget@@ 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FoptCalcPrintPage 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2F@@nowidget@@ 34 Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2FOptCompatibilityPage 34 Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2F@@nowidget@@ 49 Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2FOptFormula 49 Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 37 Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2FOptDefaultPage 37 Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fmoveoutline 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fhandlesbezier ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fdragstripes 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fruler 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2FSdViewPage 26 Specifies the available display modes.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldbezangle 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
11 .uno%3ASnapPoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
1f svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Frotate 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
26 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnaphelplines 58 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap guide when you release the mouse.
10 .uno%3ASnapFrame 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
1e svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fortho 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
11 .uno%3ASnapBorder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapborder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 58 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap guide when you release the mouse.
22 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapframe 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnappoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldsnaparea cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldangle 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
21 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fbigortho 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpapertryfrmprntrcb 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fprntopts 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagenmcb 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fgrayscalerb 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffittopgrb 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbrouchrb 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdatecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbackcb 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdefaultrb 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fblackwhiterb 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftimecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fhiddenpgcb 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagedefaultrb 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftilepgrb a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffrontcb 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FmetricFields 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fdistrotcb 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fobjalwymov a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fcopywhenmove 56 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fbackgroundback 4e Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master slide.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Ftextselected 3c Specifies whether to select a text box by clicking the text.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3c Specifies whether to select a text box by clicking the text.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fstartwithwizard 76 Specifies whether to activate the Select a Template window when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FcbCompatibility 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Funits 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fqickedit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FOptSavePage 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fzoom 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fnorightspaces 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizescaled 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftext 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizenormal 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fframe 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftitle 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2FSmathSettings 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fdefault 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fcolors 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fpp_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fpp_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 81 Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2FOptFltrPage 81 Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fmso_lockfile 66 Mark this checkbox to generate a Microsoft Office lock file in addition to %PRODUCTNAME own lock file.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fshading 115 Microsoft Office has two character attributes similar to $[officename] character highlighting. Use this control to select the attribute, highlighting or shading, that $[officename] should use when exporting $[officename] character highlighting to Microsoft Office file formats.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fhighlighting 115 Microsoft Office has two character attributes similar to $[officename] character highlighting. Use this control to select the attribute, highlighting or shading, that $[officename] should use when exporting $[officename] character highlighting to Microsoft Office file formats.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fchecklbcontainer b3 The [L] and [S] checkbox displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] [L] and/or when saving into a Microsoft format [S].
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 58 Specifies the settings for importing and exporting Microsoft Office and other documents.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2FOptFilterPage 58 Specifies the settings for importing and exporting Microsoft Office and other documents.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fignorelanguagechange dd Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2FOptLanguagesPage 4b Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fctlsupport 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2F@@nowidget@@ 4b Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrentdoc 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fuserinterface c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasianlanguage 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdatepatterns cd Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrencylb 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fwesternlanguage 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdecimalseparator 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcomplexlanguage 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Flocalesetting 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasiansupport 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstart 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstandard 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Flanguage 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fend 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctkanacompression 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctcompression 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharpunctkerning 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fnocompression 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharkerning 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignoremiddledot 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchprolongedsoundmark 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementvisual 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementlogical b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Frestricted 4b Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fsequencechecking 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fnumerals ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 3c Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2FOptCTLPage 3c Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Ftimeout 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fenablepooling 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fconnectionpooling 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2FConnPoolPage 0 
20 cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fedit 3a Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fdelete 29 Removes the selected entry from the list.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fdbregisterpage%2Fnew 35 Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
17 CUI_HID_DBPATH_CTL_PATH 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fname 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fbrowse 3b Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 34 Creates or edits an entry in the Databases tab page.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2FDatabaseLinkDialog 34 Creates or edits an entry in the Databases tab page.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_proc 37 Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_paren 25 Automatically close open parenthesis.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fextendedtypes_enable 2c Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_quotes 20 Automatically close open quotes.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautocorrect 3b Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fcodecomplete_enable 22 Display methods of a Basic object.
3f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fformulacalculationoptions%2F@@nowidget@@ 14b Sets the rules for conversion from strings values to numeric values, string values to cell references, and strings values to date and time values. This affects built-in functions such as INDIRECT that takes a reference as a string value or date and time functions that takes arguments as string values in local or ISO 8601 formats.
4c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fformulacalculationoptions%2FFormulaCalculationOptions 14b Sets the rules for conversion from strings values to numeric values, string values to cell references, and strings values to date and time values. This affects built-in functions such as INDIRECT that takes a reference as a string value or date and time functions that takes arguments as string values in local or ISO 8601 formats.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fmacrorecording 16 Enable macro recording
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fclasspath 1c Opens the Class Path dialog.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexperimental 1c Enable experimental features
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fadd 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavas b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fparameters 27 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavaenabled 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
24 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Freset 28 Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fedit 26 Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fpreferences 3f List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
2b cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchButton 3d Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchEntry 38 Type the preference you want to display in the text area
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Ffolder 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Farchive 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fremove 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
30 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fremovebtn 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Feditbtn 44 Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignbtn 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignlist 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fparameterfield 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Flow c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fmed e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
26 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fhigh bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fvhigh 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2FSecurityLevelPage 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
29 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Faddfile 5e Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
2b xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Flocations 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovefile 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovecert 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fviewcert 3f Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fcertificates 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2FSecurityTrustPage 1f Lists the trusted certificates.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserverauthentication 71 Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure email.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fsecure 38 When available, uses a secure connection to send emails.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplyto 2b Enter the address to use for email replies.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Faddress 25 Enter your email address for replies.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fdisplayname 10 Enter your name.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 64 Specifies the user information and server settings for when you send form letters as email messages.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Ftest 44 Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fport 14 Enter the SMTP port.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserver 1b Enter the SMTP server name.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplytocb 62 Uses the email address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to email address.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2FMailConfigPage 64 Specifies the user information and server settings for when you send form letters as email messages.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchecknow 1e A check will be performed now.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feverymonth 27 A check will be performed once a month.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchangepath 3c Click to select the destination folder for downloaded files.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryweek 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryday 25 A check will be performed once a day.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fdestpathlabel 3c Click to select the destination folder for downloaded files.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautocheck 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautodownload 41 Enable the automatic download of updates to the specified folder.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2F@@nowidget@@ 68 Specifies some options for the automatic notification and downloading of online updates to %PRODUCTNAME.
34 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2FOptOnlineUpdatePage 68 Specifies some options for the automatic notification and downloading of online updates to %PRODUCTNAME.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finpassword 13 Enter the password.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fpop3 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fimap 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fsmtpafterpop 4e Select if you are required to first read your email before you can send email.
43 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Foutpassword 25 Enter the password for the user name.
4e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fseparateauthentication 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fport 2a Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fserver 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fusername 28 Enter the user name for the SMTP server.
54 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2FAuthenticationSettingsDialog 42 Enables the authentication that is required to send email by SMTP.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finusername 28 Enter the user name for the IMAP server.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fauthentication 42 Enables the authentication that is required to send email by SMTP.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2F@@nowidget@@ 42 Enables the authentication that is required to send email by SMTP.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Fstop 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Ferrors 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2FTestMailSettings 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2F@@nowidget@@ 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2FCertPage 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
1f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fstatus 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
23 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fsignatures 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2F@@nowidget@@ 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
28 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Fvaluedetails 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2FCertDetails 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Ftablecontainer 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
28 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2F@@nowidget@@ 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
28 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertgeneral%2F@@nowidget@@ 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
20 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertgeneral%2Fbox1 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.